Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

as long as I am my own master

Толкование Перевод

1 possum

possum, pŏtŭi, posse, v. n. irreg. (old forms, potis sum, for possum, Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 26; id. Curc. 5, 3, 23; so,
potis est,
id. Ps. 1, 1, 41:
potis sunt, for possunt,
id. Poen. 1, 2, 17: POTISIT, S. C. de Bacchan.: potisset, for posset, and potisse, for posse, Lucil. ap. Non. 484, 32, and 445, 29:
potesse, for posse, very freq.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 30; id. Cist. 1, 1, 32; id. Truc. 1, 1, 73; id. Ep. 2, 2, 43; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 30 al.; Lucr. 1, 665; 2, 225; 1010:
possiem,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 5, 2; id. Stich. 3, 2, 25:
potis sis,
id. Poen. 4, 2, 53:
potis siem,
id. Merc. 2, 2, 59: possies, Enn. ap. Gell. 2, 29 fin., or Sat. v. 38 Vahl.; Plaut. As. 4, 2, 10; id. Aul. 4, 10, 17; id. Most. 2, 2, 34; 3, 2, 147; id. Men. 5, 9, 45:
possiet,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 37; id. Bacch. 3, 1, 3; id. Most. 1, 1, 13 al.; cf. Brix ad Plaut. Mil. 884; Fleck. Krit. Misc. p. 45 sq.—In pass.: potestur, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 380 P. (Ann. [p. 1404] v. 594 Vahl.): Pac. ap. Non. 508, 29; Quadrig. ap. id. 508, 30; Lucr. 3, 1010: poteratur, Cael. ap. Non. 508, 27: possitur, Lex. Servil. p. 59 Haubold; Scaurus ap. Diom. p. 381 P.: possetur, Quadrig. ap. Non. 508, 18) [potis-sum].
I.
In gen., to be able, have power; I ( thou, he, etc.) can (syn. queo):
quantum valeam, quantumque possim,
Cic. Fam. 6, 5, 1:
consilio, quantum potero, labore plus paene quam potero exeubabo,
id. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
ut, quoad possem et liceret, a senis latere nunquam discederem,
id. Lael. 1, 1:
timor igitur ab iis aegritudinem potuit repellere, ratio non poterit?
id. Tuse. 3, 27, 66.—With sup.:
Caesari te commendavi et tradidi, ut gravissime diligentissimeque potui,
as earnestly and warmly as I possibly could, Cic. Fam. 7, 17, 2: potest fieri, it may be, is possible:
potest fieri, ut fallar,
id. ib. 13, 73, 2: non possum quin, I can not but: non possum quin exclamem, ut ait ille in Trinummo (Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 79; cf. id. Mil. 2, 2, 107); Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 39:
ut nihil ad te dem litterarum, facere non possum,
I cannot help writing to you, id. Att. 8, 14, 1:
facere non potui quin tibi sententiam declararem meam,
id. Fam. 6, 13, 1; cf.:
non possum non: aequitatem tuam non potui non probare,
id. ib. 1, 9, 26:
non possum te non accusare,
id. ib. 5, 14, 2:
is non potest eam (mortem) non timere,
id. Fin. 3, 8, 29.— Absol.: potest (sc. fieri), it may be, is possible:
potest, ut alii ita arbitrentur,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 38: non, non sic futurum est;
non potest,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 73; Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 100 Brix; cf. id. Trin. 3, 3, 3:
quae (mala) si potest singula consolando levare, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 28, 84:
nos dignitatem, ut potest, retinebimus,
id. Fam. 1, 2, 4.—Quantum or ut potest, as much or as far as possible:
ibo atque arcessam medicum, quantum potest,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2; id. Most. 3, 2, 71; Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 20:
nos in senatu dignitatem nostram, ut potest in tantā hominum perfidiā, retinebimus,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4.—In urgent questions:
possum scire, quo profectus, cujus sis, aut quid veneris?
may I know? can I learn? pray, will you tell me? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 190:
possumne ego hodie ex te exsculpere Verum?
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 44.—
II.
In partic.
A.
To be able, to have influence or efficacy, to avail.
1.
With neutr. acc. used adverbially (class.; cf.
polleo): vocat me, quae in me plus potest,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 42:
plus potest qui plus valet,
id. ib. 4, 3, 38:
qui tum et poterant per vim et scelus plurimum, et quod poterant, id audebant,
Cic. Quint. 21, 69:
quid ergo? hoc pueri possunt, viri non poterunt?
id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34:
qui apud me et amicitiā, et beneficiis, et dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plus aliquanto apud te pecuniae cupiditas, quam judicii metus potuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 131; id. de Or. 2, 42, 180:
quid aristolochia ad morsus serpentum possit,
id. Div. 1, 10, 16:
quoniam multum potest provisio animi ad minuendum dolorem,
id. Tusc. 3, 14, 30:
ad beate vivendum satis posse virtutem,
id. ib. 5, 5, 12: multum posse ad salutem alterius... parum potuisse ad exitium, Cic. Opp. ap. Amm. 30, 8, 7.—
2.
In gen., and without neutr. acc. (late Lat.):
posse litteras ejus ad perniciem, non posse ad salutem,
App. Mag. 79, p. 324.—
B.
Posse aliquem, to be able to embrace one ( poet.), Mart. 3, 32.—
C.
Posse as subst. ( poet.):
posse loqui,
the power of speech, Ov. M. 2, 483:
posse moveri = facultatem se movendi,
id. ib. 11, 177.—
D.
Freq. in elliptical sentences:
quod vi non poterant, fraude assequi temptant,
Curt. 5, 10, 8:
Ismenias, etsi publicis non poterat, privatis tamen viribus adjuvabat,
Just. 5, 9, 8:
ut auxilium quod misericordiā non poterat, jure cognationis obtineret,
id. 28, 1, 9:
ut collegam vi, si aliter non possent, de foro abducerent,
Liv. 2, 56.—
E.
In apodosis of conditional sentences, analogous to the auxiliaries of the Engl. potential mood (v. Roby, § 1520; Zumpt, § 519).
1.
Indic.:
ille potuit exspectatior venire, qui te nuntiaret mortuom (= si quis nuntiaret, etc.),
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 12:
nec vero ipsam amicitiam tueri possumus, nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,
Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:
Pompeius munitiones Caesaris prohibere non poterat, nisi praelio decertare vellet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 44: consul esse qui potui, nisi eum vitae cursum tenuissem, Cic. Rep. 1, 6, 10:
(res publica) poterat esse perpetua, si patriis viveretur institutis,
id. ib. 3, 29, 41:
deleri totus exercitus potuit, si fugientis persecuti victores essent,
Liv. 32, 12, 6:
nisi felicitas in socordiam vertisset exuere jugum potuerunt,
Tac. Agr. 31.—
2.
Subj.:
qui denique ex bestiis fructus, nisi homines adjuvarent, percipi posset,
Cic. Off. 2, 4, 14; cf.:
ventum quidem erat eo, ut, si hostem similem antiquis Macedonum regibus habuisset consul, magna clades accipi potuerit,
Liv. 44, 4, 9.—So when the condition is implied, or is contained in an adverbial clause:
quae res egestati et aeri alieno tuo praeter mortem Caesaris subvenire potuisset?
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 36:
quis opifex praeter naturam... tantam sollertiam persequi potuisset in sensibus?
id. N. D. 2, 57, 142; id. Tusc. 4, 19, 44:
plurima proferre possemus, sed modus adhibendus est,
Nep. Epam. 4, 6:
possem hic Ciceronis respondere verbis, sed, etc.,
Quint. 2, 21, 14.—Hence, pŏtens, entis ( gen. plur. potentum, Verg. A. 12, 519; Claud. Laud. Stil. 2, 114), P. a.
A.
In gen., able, mighty, powerful, potent (class.):
amplae atque potentes civitates,
Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 169:
familiae clarae ac potentes,
Liv. 23, 4:
amici magni et potentes,
Suet. Aug. 56:
ne quis ex plebe contra potentiorem auxilii egeret,
Caes. B. G. 6, 10:
duo potentissimi reges,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4:
potentissimus et clarissimus civis,
id. Planc. 21, 51.—
(β).
With gen.:
quanta sit humani ingenii vis, quam potens efficiendi quae velit,
Quint. 12, 11, 10.—
(γ).
With abl.:
Roma potens opibus,
Ov. F. 4, 255:
pecuniā et orbitate,
Tac. H. 1, 73.—
(δ).
With inf.:
compensare potens,
Dig. 16, 2, 10.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Having power over, ruling over, master of a thing; with gen.:
dum liber, dum mei potens sum,
as long as I am my own master, Liv. 26, 13, 14:
sanus mentisque potens,
in his right mind, Ov. Tr. 2, 139:
potens mei non eram,
Curt. 4, 13, 23:
potentes rerum suarum atque urbis,
having made themselves masters of, Liv. 23, 16, 6; so, facere aliquem potentem alicujus rei, to make one master of any thing, to give one the power over a thing:
consilii,
id. 8, 13, 14:
imperii,
id. 22, 42, 12: diva potens Cypri, that reigns over Cyprus, i.e. Venus, Hor. C. 1, 3, 1:
Naïadum potens (Bacchus),
id. ib. 3, 25, 14:
silvarum potens Diana,
id. C. S. 1:
diva potens uteri,
i.e. Lucina, Ov. M. 9, 315:
rerum omnium potens Juppiter,
Tac. H. 4, 84:
lyrae Musa potens,
that presides over lyric poetry, Hor. C. 1, 6, 10:
irae,
master of his anger, Curt. 4, 2, 5:
mariti,
ruling her husband, Tac. A. 14, 60:
animal potens leti,
that can kill, deadly, Luc. 6, 485; cf. id. 5, 199 Corte ad loc.—
2.
Fit for, capable of any thing; with gen.:
potens regni,
Liv. 24, 2: hostes neque pugnae, neque fugae satis potentes caeduntur, unable either to fight or flee, id. 8, 39.—
3.
Partaking of, having attained a thing; with gen. ( poet.):
pacis potentes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 9:
voti,
Ov. M. 8, 80:
jussi,
having fulfilled the command, id. ib. 4, 509.—
4.
Strong, mighty, powerful, efficacious, potent (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
fortuna in res bellicas potens,
Liv. 9, 17:
herba potens ad opem,
Ov. H. 5, 147:
verba,
id. Am. 3, 11, 31:
herba potens adversus ranas,
Plin. 25, 10, 81, § 130:
passum ex uvis contra haemorrhoida potens,
id. 23, 1, 12, § 15.— Comp.:
nihil esse potentius auro,
Ov. Am. 3, 8, 29:
quaedam ad efficiendum potentiora,
Quint. 6, 1, 26.— Sup.:
potentissimae cantharides,
Plin. 29, 4, 30, § 94:
argumenta,
Quint. 6, 4, 22.—Hence, adv.: pŏtenter, strongly, mightily, powerfully, effectually ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
se ipsam potenter atque efficaciter defendere,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 1:
dicere,
Quint. 12, 10, 72. — Comp.:
aurum... perrumpere amat saxa potentius Ictu fulmineo,
Hor. C. 3, 16, 9; Quint. 6, 4, 18.—
B.
According to one's ability or powers ( poet.):
lecta potenter res,
Hor. A. P. 40.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > possum
2 сам большой

сам большой < сам маленький>

прост.

one's own master

- А у меня отец умер недавно. Теперь я - сам большой! (М. Горький, Злодеи) — 'And my father died not long ago. Now I am my own master.'

Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > сам большой
3 רב II

רַבII m. (preced.) 1) superior, master. Gitt.23b העבד … רַבּוֹ של חבירו אבל לא מיד רַבּוֹ שלו a slave may receive a deed of manumission in behalf of a fellow slave at the hand of his fellows master, but not at the hands of his own master (if both slaves belong to the same master). Ab. I, 3, v. עֶבֶד. Ḥag.5a, v. מָצָא; a. fr. 2) teacher. Ber.63b יאמרו הרב בכעסוכ׳ they will say, the teacher (the Lord) is angry, and the disciple (Moses) is angry, what is to become of Israel? Ib. כל תלמיד … רבווכ׳ a student with whom his teacher is angry for the first time, and who keeps silence. Eduy. I, 3, v. לָשוֹן. Ab. I, 16 עשה לך רבוכ׳ get thyself a teacher, and be relieved of doubt. R. Hash. II, 9 רַבִּי ותלמידי רביוכ׳ my teacher and my pupil; my teacher in wisdom ; v. רַבִּי.M. Kat. 9a>, a. fr. למדתנו רַבֵּינוּ thou, our teacher, hast taught us; v. רַבֵּנוּ; a. v. fr.Esp. רַב Rab, a) title of the Babylonian Amoraim. Pes.52b; a. v. fr. בי רב the school of, v. בֵּי.b) surname of Abba Arekha, the founder of the academy of Sura in Babylonia (v. Graetz, Gesch. d. Jud.1> IV, p. 312, sq.; Fr. Mbo, p. 122b>). Ḥull.95b כולהו שני דרבוכ׳ as long as Rab lived, R. Joḥ. addressed his letters to Babylonia, ‘to our teacher in Babylonia. Ab. Zar.10b אדרכן שמשיה לרב A. (a Parthian ruler) attended (associated with) Rab. Y.Peah VI, 19c רב כד נחת לתמן when Rab came down to Babylonia. Erub.50b, a. fr. רב תנא הוא ופליג Rab is a Tannai and has a right to differ (with other Tannaim). Nidd.24b, a. fr. הלכתא כרבוכ׳, v. אִיסּוּרָא; a. v. fr. ספרא דבי רב, ספרי דבי רב, v. סִפְרָא.Pl. רַבּוֹת (only with suffix). Taan.7a, a. e. מרַבּוֹתַי v. לָמַד. Shebu.47a רַבּוֹתֵינוּ שבבבלוכ׳ ‘our teachers in Babylonia means Rab and Samuel. Y.Gitt.VII, 48d top ורבותינו אמרו and our teachers said; מנו רבותיניוכ׳ who are meant by ‘our teachers? Ib., a. e. בשלשה … רביתיני on three occasions R. Judah (with his court) is quoted as ‘our teachers. Y.Sabb.V, end, 7c רבותינו שבגולה our teachers in the diaspora (Babylonia, v. supra); Y.Bets. II, 61c bot. Y.Meg.I, 70d כתבו אגרת ושלחו לרבותינו שהןוכ׳ they (Mordecai and Esther) wrote a letter addressed ‘to our teachers (in Palestine) that be, saying to them ; a. fr.Fem. רַבָּה mistress. Ruth R. to II, 5 רַבָּתָהּוכ׳ her mistress (Naomi), v. רָפָה.

Jewish literature > רב II
4 רַב

רַבII m. (preced.) 1) superior, master. Gitt.23b העבד … רַבּוֹ של חבירו אבל לא מיד רַבּוֹ שלו a slave may receive a deed of manumission in behalf of a fellow slave at the hand of his fellows master, but not at the hands of his own master (if both slaves belong to the same master). Ab. I, 3, v. עֶבֶד. Ḥag.5a, v. מָצָא; a. fr. 2) teacher. Ber.63b יאמרו הרב בכעסוכ׳ they will say, the teacher (the Lord) is angry, and the disciple (Moses) is angry, what is to become of Israel? Ib. כל תלמיד … רבווכ׳ a student with whom his teacher is angry for the first time, and who keeps silence. Eduy. I, 3, v. לָשוֹן. Ab. I, 16 עשה לך רבוכ׳ get thyself a teacher, and be relieved of doubt. R. Hash. II, 9 רַבִּי ותלמידי רביוכ׳ my teacher and my pupil; my teacher in wisdom ; v. רַבִּי.M. Kat. 9a>, a. fr. למדתנו רַבֵּינוּ thou, our teacher, hast taught us; v. רַבֵּנוּ; a. v. fr.Esp. רַב Rab, a) title of the Babylonian Amoraim. Pes.52b; a. v. fr. בי רב the school of, v. בֵּי.b) surname of Abba Arekha, the founder of the academy of Sura in Babylonia (v. Graetz, Gesch. d. Jud.1> IV, p. 312, sq.; Fr. Mbo, p. 122b>). Ḥull.95b כולהו שני דרבוכ׳ as long as Rab lived, R. Joḥ. addressed his letters to Babylonia, ‘to our teacher in Babylonia. Ab. Zar.10b אדרכן שמשיה לרב A. (a Parthian ruler) attended (associated with) Rab. Y.Peah VI, 19c רב כד נחת לתמן when Rab came down to Babylonia. Erub.50b, a. fr. רב תנא הוא ופליג Rab is a Tannai and has a right to differ (with other Tannaim). Nidd.24b, a. fr. הלכתא כרבוכ׳, v. אִיסּוּרָא; a. v. fr. ספרא דבי רב, ספרי דבי רב, v. סִפְרָא.Pl. רַבּוֹת (only with suffix). Taan.7a, a. e. מרַבּוֹתַי v. לָמַד. Shebu.47a רַבּוֹתֵינוּ שבבבלוכ׳ ‘our teachers in Babylonia means Rab and Samuel. Y.Gitt.VII, 48d top ורבותינו אמרו and our teachers said; מנו רבותיניוכ׳ who are meant by ‘our teachers? Ib., a. e. בשלשה … רביתיני on three occasions R. Judah (with his court) is quoted as ‘our teachers. Y.Sabb.V, end, 7c רבותינו שבגולה our teachers in the diaspora (Babylonia, v. supra); Y.Bets. II, 61c bot. Y.Meg.I, 70d כתבו אגרת ושלחו לרבותינו שהןוכ׳ they (Mordecai and Esther) wrote a letter addressed ‘to our teachers (in Palestine) that be, saying to them ; a. fr.Fem. רַבָּה mistress. Ruth R. to II, 5 רַבָּתָהּוכ׳ her mistress (Naomi), v. רָפָה.

Jewish literature > רַב
5 on

1.
[ɒn]preposition

1) (position) auf (+ Dat.); (direction) auf (+ Akk.); (attached to) an (+ Dat./Akk.)

put something on the table — etwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen

be on the table — auf dem Tisch sein

write something on the wall — etwas an die Wand schreiben

be hanging on the wall — an der Wand hängen

have something on one — etwas bei sich (Dat.) haben

on the bus/train — im Bus/Zug; (by bus/train) mit dem Bus/Zug

be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein

on Oxford 556767 — unter der Nummer Oxford 55 67 67

2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)

on the evidence — aufgrund des Beweismaterials

on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...

3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]

on Sundays — sonntags

it's just on nine — es ist gerade neun

on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft

on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...

on time or schedule — pünktlich

4) expr. state etc

be on heroin — heroinabhängig sein

the drinks are on me — (coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich

be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben

5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)
2. adverb
1)

with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel

have a hat on — einen Hut aufhaben

your hat is on crooked — dein Hut sitzt schief

boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen

the potatoes are on — die Kartoffeln sind aufgesetzt

2) (in some direction)

face on — mit dem Gesicht voran

on and on — immer weiter

3) (switched or turned on)

the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an

put the light on — das Licht anmachen

is there a gas tap on? — ist ein Gashahn aufgedreht?

4) (arranged)

is Sunday's picnic on? — findet das Picknick am Sonntag statt?

I have nothing of importance on — ich habe nichts Wichtiges vor

5) (being performed)

what's on at the cinema? — was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?

his play is currently on in London — sein Stück wird zur Zeit in London aufgeführt od. gespielt

6) (on duty)

come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben

7)

something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen

you're on! — (coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!

be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen

what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?

be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)

on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)

be on to something — (have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also academic.ru/62377/right">right 4. 4)

* * *
[on] 1. preposition
1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) auf, in

2) (in or into (a vehicle, train etc): We were sitting on the bus; I got on the wrong bus.) in

3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) an, bei

4) (about: a book on the theatre.) über

5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) in

6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) auf

7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) auf

8) (taking part in: He is on the committee; Which detective is working on this case?) in, an

9) (towards: They marched on the town.) zu

10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) an

11) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) auf, an

12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) mit

13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) als

14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) auf
2. adverb
1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) auf

2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) weiter

3) (( also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) an

4) (( also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) hinein

5) (( also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) im Gange
3. adjective
1) (in progress: The game was on.) stattfinden

2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) stattfinden

•

- oncoming
- ongoing
- onwards
- onward
- be on to someone
- be on to
- on and on
- on time
- on to / onto
* * *

on

[ɒn, AM ɑ:n]

I. prep

1. (on top of) auf + dat

there are many books \on my desk auf meinem Tisch sind viele Bücher

look at that cat \on the chair! schau dir die Katze auf dem Stuhl an!

\on top of sth [ganz] oben auf etw dat

2. with verbs of motion (onto) auf + akk

put the pot \on the table! stell den Topf auf den Tisch!

he had to walk out \on the roof er musste auf das Dach hinauf

she hung their washing \on the line to dry sie hängte ihre Wäsche zum Trocknen auf die Leine

let's hang a picture \on the wall lass uns ein Bild an die Wand hängen

to get \on a horse auf ein Pferd aufsteigen, aufsitzen

3. (situated on) an + dat

, auf + dat

our house is \on Sturton Street unser Haus ist in der Sturton Street

they lay \on the beach sie lagen am Strand

the town is \on the island die Stadt ist auf der Insel

her new house is \on the river ihr neues Haus liegt am Fluss

\on the balcony/her estate auf dem Balkon/ihrem Gut

\on the border an der Grenze

the shop \on the corner der Laden an der Ecke

\on the hill/mountain auf dem Hügel/Berg

\on the left/right auf der linken/rechten Seite

\on platform three auf Bahnsteig [o SCHWEIZ Perron] drei m o nt

\on track two an Gleis zwei

4. (from) an + dat

several bird houses hung \on the branches an den Ästen hingen mehrere Nistkästen

a huge chandelier hung \on the ceiling ein großer Kronleuchter hing von der Decke herab

5. (clothing) an + dat

with shoes \on his feet mit Schuhen an den Füßen

the wedding ring \on the ring finger der Ehering am Ringfinger

6. (hurt by) an + dat

I hit my head \on the shelf ich habe mir den Kopf am Regal angestoßen

she tripped \on the wire sie blieb an dem Kabel hängen

he cut his foot \on some glass er hat sich den Fuß an einer Glasscherbe verletzt

to stumble \on sth über etw akk stolpern

7. (supported by a part of the body) auf + dat

to lie \on one's back auf dem Rücken liegen

to stand \on one's head auf dem Kopf stehen

8. (in possession of) bei + dat

to have sth \on one etw bei sich dat haben

I thought I had my driver's licence \on me ich dachte, ich hätte meinen Führerschein dabei

have you got a spare cigarette \on you? hast du eine Zigarette für mich übrig?

9. (marking surface of) auf + dat

how did you get that blood \on your shirt? wie kommt das Blut auf Ihr Hemd?

he had a scratch \on his arm er hatte einen Kratzer am Arm

there was a smile \on her face ein Lächeln lag auf ihrem Gesicht

10. (about) über + akk

a documentary \on volcanoes ein Dokumentarfilm über Vulkane

he needs some advice \on how to dress er braucht ein paar Tipps, wie er sich anziehen soll

essays \on a wide range of issues Aufsätze zu einer Vielzahl von Themen

he commented \on the allegations er nahm Stellung zu den Vorwürfen

he advised her \on her taxes er beriet sie [o gab ihr Ratschläge] in Sachen Steuern

I'll say more \on that subject later ich werde später mehr dazu sagen

they settled \on a price sie einigten sich auf einen Preis

to congratulate sb \on sth jdn zu etw dat gratulieren

to frown \on sth etw missbilligen

to have something/anything \on sb etw gegen jdn in der Hand haben

do the police have anything \on you? hat die Polizei etwas Belastendes gegen dich in der Hand?

11. (based on) auf + akk... hin

he reacted \on a hunch er reagierte auf ein Ahnung hin

he quit his job \on the principle that he did not want to work for an oil company er kündigte seine Stelle, weil er nicht für eine Ölgesellschaft arbeiten wollte

\on account of wegen + gen

they cancelled all flights \on account of the bad weather sie sagten alle Flüge wegen des schlechten Wetters ab

\on purpose mit Absicht, absichtlich

dependent/reliant \on sb/sth abhängig von jdm/etw

to be based \on sth auf etw dat basieren

to be based \on the ideas of freedom and equality auf den Ideen von Freiheit und Gleichheit basieren

to rely \on sb sich akk auf jdn verlassen

12. (as member of) in + dat

how many people are \on your staff? wie viele Mitarbeiter haben Sie?

have you ever served \on a jury? warst du schon einmal Mitglied in einer Jury?

whose side are you \on in this argument? auf welcher Seite stehst du in diesem Streit?

a writer \on a women's magazine eine Autorin bei einer Frauenzeitschrift

13. (against) auf + akk

the dog turned \on its own master der Hund ging auf seinen eigenes Herrchen los

the gangsters pulled a gun \on him die Gangster zielten mit der Pistole auf ihn

thousands were marching \on Cologne Tausenden marschierten auf Köln zu

don't be so hard \on him! sei nicht so streng mit ihm!

criticism has no effect \on him Kritik kann ihm nichts anhaben

he didn't know it but the joke was \on him er wusste nicht, dass es ein Witz über ihn war

two air raids \on Munich zwei Luftangriffe auf München

they placed certain restrictions \on large companies großen Unternehmen wurden bestimmte Beschränkungen auferlegt

there is a new ban \on the drug die Droge wurde erneut verboten

to place a limit \on sth etw begrenzen

to force one's will \on sb jdm seinen Willen aufzwingen

to cheat \on sb jdn betrügen

14. (through device of) an + dat

he's \on the phone er ist am Telefon

she weaved the cloth \on the loom sie webte das Tuch auf dem Webstuhl

Chris is \on drums Chris ist am Schlagzeug

we work \on flexitime wir arbeiten Gleitzeit

\on the piano am Klavier

15. (through medium of) auf + dat

I'd like to see that offer \on paper ich hätte dieses Angebot gerne schriftlich

I saw myself \on film ich sah mich selbst im Film

what's \on TV tonight? was kommt heute Abend im Fernsehen?

do you like the jazz \on radio? gefällt dir der Jazz im Radio?

I heard the story \on the news today ich habe die Geschichte heute in den Nachrichten gehört

a 10-part series \on Channel 3 eine zehnteilige Serie im 3. Programm

to be available \on cassette auf Kassette erhältlich sein

to store sth \on the computer etw im Computer speichern

to put sth down \on paper etw aufschreiben [o BRD, ÖSTERR zu Papier bringen]

to come out \on video als Video herauskommen

16. (in the course of) auf + dat

\on the way to town auf dem Weg in die Stadt

17. (travelling with) in + dat

, mit + dat

I love travelling \on buses/trains ich fahre gerne mit Bussen/Zügen

we went to France \on the ferry wir fuhren mit der Fähre nach Frankreich

he got some sleep \on the plane er konnte im Flugzeug ein wenig schlafen

\on foot/horseback zu Fuß/auf dem Pferd

18. (on day of) an + dat

many shops don't open \on Sundays viele Läden haben an Sonntagen geschlossen

what are you doing \on Friday? was machst du am Freitag?

we always go bowling \on Thursdays wir gehen donnerstags immer kegeln

my birthday's \on the 30th of May ich habe am 30. Mai Geburtstag

\on a very hot evening in July an einem sehr heißen Abend im Juli

\on Saturday morning/Wednesday evening am Samstagvormittag/Mittwochabend

19. (at time of) bei + dat

\on his brother's death beim Tod seines Bruders

\on the count of three, start running! bei drei lauft ihr los!

trains to London leave \on the hour every hour die Züge nach London fahren jeweils zur vollen Stunde

the professor entered the room at 1:00 \on the minute der Professor betrat den Raum auf die Minute genau um 13.00 Uhr

\on receiving her letter als ich ihren Brief erhielt

\on arriving at the station bei der Ankunft im Bahnhof

\on arrival/departure bei der Ankunft/Abreise

\on the dot [auf die Sekunde] pünktlich

to be finished \on schedule planmäßig fertig werden

20. (engaged in) bei + dat

we were \on page 42 wir waren auf Seite 42

he was out \on errands er machte ein paar Besorgungen

we made a big profit \on that deal wir haben bei diesem Geschäft gut verdient

\on business geschäftlich, beruflich

to work \on sth an etw dat arbeiten

21. (regularly taking)

▪ to be \on sth etw nehmen

my doctor put me \on antibiotics mein Arzt setzte mich auf Antibiotika

he lived \on berries and roots er lebte von Beeren und Wurzeln

Richard lives \on a diet of junk food Richard ernährt sich ausschließlich von Junkfood

to be \on drugs unter Drogen stehen, Drogen nehmen

to be \on medication Medikamente einnehmen

22. (paid by) auf + dat; BRIT

she wants it done \on the National Health Service sie möchte, dass die gesetzliche Krankenkasse die Kosten übernimmt

this meal is \on me das Essen bezahle ich

the drinks are \on me die Getränke gebe ich aus

to buy sth \on credit/hire purchase etw auf Kredit/Raten kaufen

23. (sustained by) mit + dat

, von + dat

does this radio run \on batteries? läuft dieses Radio mit Batterien?

I've only got £50 a week to live \on ich lebe von nur 50 Pfund pro Woche

they are living \on their savings sie leben von ihren Ersparnissen

to go \on the dole stempeln gehen

to live \on welfare von Sozialhilfe leben

24. (as payment for) für + akk

I've wasted a lot of money \on this car ich habe für dieses Auto eine Menge Geld ausgegeben

how much interest are you paying \on the loan? wie viel Zinsen zahlst du für diesen Kredit?

25. (added to) zusätzlich zu + dat

a few pence \on the electricity bill ein paar Pfennige mehr bei der Stromrechnung

26. (connected to) an + dat

dogs should be kept \on their leads Hunde sollten an der Leine geführt werden

to be \on the phone AUS, BRIT ans Telefonnetz angeschlossen sein, telefonisch erreichbar sein

we've just moved and we're not \on the phone yet wir sind gerade umgezogen und haben noch kein Telefon

27. (according to) auf + dat

\on the agenda/list auf der Tagesordnung/Liste

\on the whole im Ganzen, insgesamt

\on the whole, it was a good year alles in allem war es ein gutes Jahr

28. (burdening) auf + dat

it's been \on my mind ich muss immer daran denken

she had something \on her heart sie hatte etwas auf dem Herzen

that lie has been \on his conscience diese Lüge lastete auf seinem Gewissen

this is \on your shoulders das liegt in deiner Hand, die Verantwortung liegt bei dir

the future of the company is \on your shoulders du hast die Verantwortung für die Zukunft der Firma

29. (experiencing)

crime is \on the increase again die Verbrechen nehmen wieder zu

I'll be away \on a training course ich mache demnächst einen Ausbildungslehrgang

he's out \on a date with a woman er hat gerade eine Verabredung mit einer Frau

I was \on a long journey ich habe eine lange Reise gemacht

we're going \on vacation in two weeks wir fahren in zwei Wochen in Urlaub

to set sth \on fire etw anzünden

to be \on the go BRIT ( fig) auf Trab sein

did you know that she's got a new book \on the go? hast du gewusst, dass sie gerade ein neues Buch schreibt?

to be \on strike streiken

30. (compared with)

I can't improve \on my final offer dieses Angebot ist mein letztes Wort

sales are up \on last year der Umsatz ist höher als im letzten Jahr

to have nothing [or not have anything] \on sth kein Vergleich mit etw dat sein

my new bike has nothing \on the one that was stolen mein neues Fahrrad ist bei Weitem nicht so gut wie das, das mir gestohlen wurde

31. (by chance)

▪ \on sb ohne jds Verschulden

she was really worried when the phone went dead \on her sie machte sich richtig Sorgen, als das Telefon ausfiel, ohne dass sie etwas getan hatte

the fire went out \on me das Feuer ist mir einfach ausgegangen

to chance \on sb jdn [zufällig] treffen, jdm [zufällig] begegnen

32. after n (following)

the government suffered defeat \on defeat die Regierung erlitt eine Niederlage nach der anderen

wave \on wave of refugees has crossed the border immer neue Flüchtlingswellen strömten über die Grenze

33. AUS, BRIT SPORT (having points of)

Clive's team is \on five points while Joan's is \on seven das Team von Clive hat fünf Punkte, das von Joan hat sieben

34.

▶ to be \on sth BRIT, AUS etw verdienen

▶ \on the board in Planung

▶ to have time \on one's hands noch genug Zeit haben

▶ to be \on it AUS ( fam) sich akk volllaufen lassen fam, sich dat die Kanne geben BRD fam

▶ what are you \on? ( fam) bist du noch bei Sinnen? fam

II. adv inv

1. (in contact with) auf

make sure the lid's \on properly pass auf, dass der Deckel richtig zu ist

they sewed the man's ear back \on sie haben das Ohr des Mannes wieder angenäht

to screw sth \on etw anschrauben

I wish you wouldn't screw the lid \on so tightly schraube den Deckel bitte nicht immer so fest

2. (on body) an

put a jumper \on! zieh einen Pullover drüber!

get your shoes \on! zieh dir die Schuhe an!

to put clothes \on Kleider anziehen [o SCHWEIZ anlegen] fam

to have/try sth \on etw anhaben/anprobieren

with nothing \on nackt

3. (indicating continuance) weiter

to get \on with sth mit etw dat weitermachen

to keep \on doing sth etw weitermachen

if the phone's engaged, keep \on trying! wenn besetzt ist, probier es weiter!

\on and \on immer weiter

the noise just went \on and \on der Lärm hörte gar nicht mehr auf

he talked \on and \on er redete pausenlos

4. (in forward direction) vorwärts

would you pass it \on to Paul? würdest du es an Paul weitergeben?

time's getting \on die Zeit vergeht

from that day \on von diesem Tag an

they never spoke to each other from that day \on seit diesem Tag haben sie kein Wort mehr miteinander gewechselt

later \on später

what are you doing later \on? was hast du nachher vor?

to move \on (move forward) weitergehen; (transfer to another place) umziehen

to urge sb \on jdn anspornen

I'd never have managed this if my friend hadn't urged me \on ich hätte das nie geschafft, wenn mein Freund mich nicht dazu gedrängt hätte

5. (being shown)

▪ to be \on auf dem Programm stehen

are there any good films \on at the cinema this week? laufen in dieser Woche irgendwelche guten Filme im Kino?

what's \on at the festival? was ist für das Festival geplant?

there's a good film \on this afternoon heute Nachmittag kommt ein guter Film

6. (scheduled) geplant

is the party still \on for tomorrow? ist die Party noch für morgen geplant?

I've got nothing \on next week ich habe nächste Woche nichts vor

I've got a lot \on this week ich habe mir für diese Woche eine Menge vorgenommen

7. (functioning) an

the brakes are \on die Bremsen sind angezogen

is the central heating \on? ist die Zentralheizung an?

to put the kettle \on das Wasser aufsetzen

to leave the light \on das Licht anlassen

to switch/turn sth \on etw einschalten

could you switch \on the radio? könntest du das Radio anmachen?

8. (aboard)

the horse galloped off as soon as she was \on kaum war sie aufgesessen, da galoppierte das Pferd schon los

to get \on bus, train einsteigen; horse aufsitzen

9. (due to perform)

you're \on! du bist dran!

10.

▪ to be \on employee Dienst haben, im Dienst sein; actor auf der Bühne stehen, spielen

11. AM (performing well)

▪ to be \on gut drauf sein fam

12.

▶ to be \on about sth AUS, BRIT dauernd über etw akk reden

what are you \on about? wovon redest du denn nun schon wieder?

he knows what he's \on about er weiß, wovon er redet

I never understand what she's \on about ich verstehe nie, wovon sie es hat fam

▶ to be [or get] \on at sb jdm in den Ohren liegen

she's still \on at me to get my hair cut sie drängt mich dauernd, mir die Haare schneiden zu lassen

▶ to be \on AM aufpassen

▶ to hang \on warten

▶ head \on frontal

▶ that's not \on BRIT, AUS ( fam) das ist nicht in Ordnung

▶ \on and off, off and \on hin und wieder, ab und zu

▶ side [or sideways] \on AUS, BRIT seitlich

the bike hit our car side \on das Rad prallte von der Seite auf unser Auto

▶ to be \on to something ( fam) etw spitzgekriegt haben fam

▶ to be \on to sb ( fam) jds Absichten durchschauen

▶ this way \on AUS, BRIT auf diese Weise

▶ to be well \on spät sein

▶ to be well \on in years nicht mehr der Jüngste sein

▶ you're \on! einverstanden!, abgemacht! fam

III. adj inv, attr

1. AM (good) gut

this seems to be one of her \on days es scheint einer von ihren guten Tagen zu sein

2. ELEC, TECH

\on switch Einschalter m

* * *
[ɒn]
1. PREPOSITION
When on is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg live on, lecture on, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg on the right, on request, on occasion, look up the other word.
1) indicating place, position auf (+dat); (with vb of motion) auf (+acc); (on vertical surface, part of body) an (+dat); (with vb of motion) an (+acc)

the book is on the table — das Buch ist auf dem Tisch

he put the book on the table — er legte das Buch auf den Tisch

it was on the blackboard — es stand an der Tafel

he hung it on the wall/nail — er hängte es an die Wand/den Nagel

a house on the coast/main road — ein Haus am Meer/an der Hauptstraße

on the bank of the river — am Flussufer

with a smile on her face — mit einem Lächeln auf den Lippen

a ring on his finger — ein Ring am Finger

her name is on the list — ihr Name ist auf der Liste

he hit his head on the table/on the ground — er hat sich (dat) den Kopf am Tisch/auf dem or am Boden angeschlagen

they came on(to) the stage — sie kamen auf die Bühne

they advanced on the fort — sie rückten zum Fort vor

on TV/the radio — im Fernsehen/Radio

on video — auf Video

held on computer — auf Computer (dat) gespeichert

who's on his show tonight? — wer ist heute in seiner Show?

I have no money on me — ich habe kein Geld bei mir

we had something to eat on the train — wir haben im Zug etwas gegessen

2)

= by means of, using we went on the train/bus — wir fuhren mit dem Zug/Bus

on a bicycle — mit dem ( Fahr)rad

on foot/horseback — zu Fuß/Pferd

the heating runs on oil — die Heizung wird mit Öl betrieben

to count sth on one's fingers — etw an den Fingern abzählen

3) = about, concerning über (+acc)

a book on German grammar we read Stalin on Marx — ein Buch über deutsche Grammatik wir lasen Stalins Ausführungen zu Marx

have you heard him on the subject? — haben Sie ihn zu diesem Thema gehört?

4) in expressions of time an (+dat)

on Sunday — (am) Sonntag

on Sundays — sonntags

on December the first — am ersten Dezember

stars visible on clear nights — Sterne, die in klaren Nächten sichtbar sind

on or about the twentieth — um den Zwanzigsten herum

on and after the twentieth — am Zwanzigsten und danach

5)

= earning, getting I'm on £18,000 a year — ich bekomme £ 18.000 im Jahr

how much are you on? — wie viel verdienst or bekommst du?

he retired on a good pension — er trat mit einer guten Rente in den Ruhestand

6) = at the time of bei (+dat)

on my arrival — bei meiner Ankunft

on examination — bei der Untersuchung

on hearing this he left — als er das hörte, ging er

7) = as a result of auf... (acc) hin

on receiving my letter — auf meinen Brief hin

8) indicating membership in (+dat)

he is on the committee/the board — er gehört dem Ausschuss/Vorstand an, er sitzt im Ausschuss/Vorstand

he is on the "Evening News" — er ist bei der "Evening News"

he is on the teaching staff — er gehört zum Lehrpersonal

9)

= doing to be on a course (Sch, Univ) — an einem Kurs teilnehmen

I am working on a new project — ich arbeite gerade an einem neuen Projekt

he was away on business — er war geschäftlich unterwegs

I am on overtime — ich mache Überstunden

we're on the past tense (Sch) — wir sind bei der Vergangenheit

we were on page 72 — wir waren auf Seite 72

10)

= at the expense of this round is on me — diese Runde geht auf meine Kosten

have it on me — das spendiere ich (dir), ich gebe (dir) das aus

See:

→ house

11) = compared with im Vergleich zu

prices are up on last year( 's) — im Vergleich zum letzten Jahr sind die Preise gestiegen

12)

= taking to be on drugs/the pill — Drogen/die Pille nehmen

what is he on? (inf) — er tickt wohl nicht ganz richtig! (inf)

13)

indicating repetition he made mistake on mistake — er machte einen Fehler nach dem anderen

14)

musical instrument he played (it) on the violin/trumpet — er spielte (es) auf der Geige/Trompete

on drums/piano — am Schlagzeug/Klavier

Roland Kirk on tenor sax — Roland Kirk, Tenorsaxofon

15) = according to nach (+dat)

on your theory — Ihrer Theorie nach or zufolge, nach Ihrer Theorie

2. ADVERB

1)

= in place, covering he screwed the lid on — er schraubte den Deckel drauf

she had nothing on —

what did he have on? — was hatte er an?

he had his hat on crooked — er hatte den Hut schief auf

he put his hat on — er setzte seinen Hut auf

he put his coat on — er zog seinen Mantel an

2)

indicating position put it this way on — stellen/legen Sie es so herum (darauf)

sideways on — längs

3)

indicating forward movement move on! — gehen Sie weiter!, weitergehen!

on! on! — weiter! weiter!

to pass a message on — eine Nachricht weitergeben

4)

indicating time from now on — von jetzt an

from that day on — von diesem Tag an

later on — später

it was well on in the night — es war zu vorgerückter Stunde, es war spät in der Nacht

it was well on into September — es war spät im September

early on in her career — schon früh in ihrer Karriere

5)

indicating continuation to keep on talking — immer weiterreden, in einem fort reden

they walked on in silence — sie gingen schweigend weiter

go on with your work — machen Sie Ihre Arbeit weiter

6)

set structures __diams; on and on they talked on and on — sie redeten und redeten, sie redeten unentwegt

the noise went on and on — der Lärm hörte überhaupt nicht auf

she went on and on — sie hörte gar nicht mehr auf __diams; to be on at sb

he's always on at me — er hackt dauernd auf mir herum, er meckert dauernd an mir herum (inf)

he's always on at me to get my hair cut — er liegt mir dauernd in den Ohren, dass ich mir die Haare schneiden lassen soll

he's been on at me about that several times — er ist mir ein paar Mal damit gekommen (inf) __diams; to be on about sth

she's always on about her experiences in Italy — sie kommt dauernd mit ihren Italienerfahrungen (inf)

what's he on about? —

he knows what he's on about — er weiß, wovon er redet

3. ADJECTIVE

1) = switched on, functioning lights, TV, radio an; brake angezogen; electricity, gas an(gestellt)

to leave the engine on — den Motor laufen lassen

the "on" switch — der Einschalter

in the "on" position —

it wasn't one of his on days (inf) — er war nicht gerade in Form

2) = in place lid, cover drauf

his hat/tie was on crookedly — sein Hut saß/sein Schlips hing schief

his hat/coat was already on — er hatte den Hut schon auf/den Mantel schon an

3)

= taking place there's a tennis match on at the moment — ein Tennismatch ist gerade im Gang

there's a tennis match on tomorrow — morgen findet ein Tennismatch statt

I have nothing on tonight — ich habe heute Abend nichts vor

what's on in London? —

there's never anything on in this town — in dieser Stadt ist nie was los

the search is on for a new managing director — jetzt wird nach einem neuen Geschäftsführer gesucht

4)

= being performed, performing to be on (in theatre, cinema) — gegeben or gezeigt werden; (on TV, radio) gesendet or gezeigt werden

still on? — läuft das Programm noch?

what's on tonight? — was ist or steht heute Abend auf dem Programm?

who's on tonight? (Theat, Film) — wer spielt heute Abend?, wer tritt heute Abend auf?; (TV) wer kommt heute Abend (im Fernsehen)?

you're on now (Theat, Rad, TV) — Ihr Auftritt!, Sie sind (jetzt) dran (inf)

tell me when the English team is on — sagen Sie mir, wenn die englische Mannschaft dran ist or drankommt

5)

indicating agreement, acceptability to be on (bet, agreement) — gelten

you're on! —

are you on? ( inf = are you with us ) —,, machst du mit?

are you on for dinner tonight? — sehen wir uns zum Abendessen?

you're/he's not on ( Brit inf ) — das ist nicht drin (inf)

his behaviour was really not on ( Brit inf ) — sein Benehmen war unmöglich

* * *

on [ɒn; US auch ɑn]

A präp

1. meist auf (dat oder akk) ( siehe die mit on verbundenen Wörter)

2. (getragen von) auf (dat), an (dat), in (dat):

the scar on his face die Narbe in seinem Gesicht;

a ring on one’s finger ein Ring am Finger;

have you got a lighter on you? haben Sie ein Feuerzeug bei sich?;

find sth on sb etwas bei jemandem finden

3. (festgemacht oder sehr nahe) an (dat):

the dog is on the chain;

on the Thames

4. (Richtung, Ziel) auf (akk) … (hin), an (akk), zu:

a blow on the chin ein Schlag ans Kinn;

drop sth on the floor etwas auf den Fußboden oder zu Boden fallen lassen;

hang sth on a peg etwas an einen Haken hängen

5. fig (auf der Grundlage von) auf (akk) … (hin):

based on facts auf Tatsachen begründet;

live on air von (der) Luft leben;

this car runs on petrol dieser Wagen fährt mit Benzin;

a scholar on a foundation ein Stipendiat (einer Stiftung);

borrow on jewels sich auf Schmuck(stücke) Geld borgen;

a duty on silk (ein) Zoll auf Seide;

interest on one’s capital Zinsen auf sein Kapital

6. (aufeinanderfolgend) auf (akk), über (akk), nach:

loss on loss Verlust auf oder über Verlust, ein Verlust nach dem andern;

be on one’s second glass bei seinem zweiten Glas sein

7. (gehörig) zu, (beschäftigt) bei, in (dat), an (dat):

be on a committee (the jury, the general staff) zu einem Ausschuss (zu den Geschworenen, zum Generalstab) gehören;

be on the “Daily Mail” bei der „Daily Mail“ (beschäftigt) sein

8. (Zustand) in (dat), auf (dat):

be on sth etwas (ein Medikament etc) (ständig) nehmen;

be on pills tablettenabhängig oder -süchtig sein

9. (gerichtet) auf (akk):

an attack on sb (sth);

a joke on me ein Spaß auf meine Kosten;

shut (open) the door on sb jemandem die Tür verschließen (öffnen);

the strain tells severely on him die Anstrengung nimmt ihn sichtlich mit;

it’s on me umg das geht auf meine Rechnung, das zahle ich, (im Lokal auch) du bist eingeladen;

have nothing on sb umg

a) jemandem nichts voraus haben,

b) jemandem nichts anhaben können;

have sth on sb umg eine Handhabe gegen jemanden haben, etwas Belastendes über jemanden wissen

10. (Thema) über (akk):

an agreement (a lecture, an opinion) on sth;

talk on a subject

11. (Zeitpunkt) an (dat):

on Sunday, on the 1st of April, on April 1st;

on or after April 1st ab oder mit Wirkung vom 1. April;

on or before April 1st bis zum oder bis spätestens am 1. April;

on being asked als ich etc (danach) gefragt wurde

12. nachdem:

on leaving school, he … nachdem er die Schule verlassen hatte, …

13. gegenüber, im Vergleich zu:

losses were £100,000 down on the previous year

B adv

1. (a in Zusammensetzungen mit Verben) (dar)auf(…):

place ( screw, etc) on

2. besonders Kleidung:

a) an…:

have (put) a coat on

b) auf…:

keep one’s hat on

3. (a in Zusammensetzungen mit Verben) weiter(…):

talk ( walk, etc) on;

and so on und so weiter;

on and on immer weiter;

on and off

a) ab und zu,

b) ab und an, mit Unterbrechungen;

from that day on von dem Tage an;

on with the show! weiter im Programm!;

on to … auf (akk) … (hinauf oder hinaus)

C adj präd

1. be on

a) im Gange sein (Spiel etc), vor sich gehen:

what’s on? was ist los?;

what’s on in London? was ist in London los?, was tut sich in London?;

have you anything on tomorrow? haben Sie morgen etwas vor?;

that’s not on! das ist nicht drin! umg

b) an sein umg (Licht, Radio, Wasser etc), an-, eingeschaltet sein, laufen, auf sein umg (Hahn):

on - off TECH An - Aus;

the light is on das Licht brennt oder ist an(geschaltet);

the brakes are on die Bremsen sind angezogen;

the race is on SPORT das Rennen ist gestartet;

you are on! abgemacht!

c) THEAT gegeben werden (Stück), laufen (Film), ( RADIO, TV) gesendet werden (Programm)

d) d(a)ran (an der Reihe) sein

e) (mit) dabei sein, mitmachen

2. be on to umg etwas spitzgekriegt haben, über jemanden od etwas im Bilde sein

3. umg be a bit on einen Schwips haben;

be well on ganz schön blau sein

4. he’s always on at me umg er bearbeitet mich ständig, er liegt mir dauernd in den Ohren ( beide:

about wegen)

* * *
1.
[ɒn]preposition

1) (position) auf (+ Dat.); (direction) auf (+ Akk.); (attached to) an (+ Dat./Akk.)

put something on the table — etwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen

be on the table — auf dem Tisch sein

write something on the wall — etwas an die Wand schreiben

be hanging on the wall — an der Wand hängen

have something on one — etwas bei sich (Dat.) haben

on the bus/train — im Bus/Zug; (by bus/train) mit dem Bus/Zug

be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein

on Oxford 556767 — unter der Nummer Oxford 55 67 67

2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)

on the evidence — aufgrund des Beweismaterials

on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...

3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]

on Sundays — sonntags

it's just on nine — es ist gerade neun

on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft

on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...

on time or schedule — pünktlich

4) expr. state etc

be on heroin — heroinabhängig sein

the drinks are on me — (coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich

be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben

5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)
2. adverb
1)

with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel

have a hat on — einen Hut aufhaben

your hat is on crooked — dein Hut sitzt schief

boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen

the potatoes are on — die Kartoffeln sind aufgesetzt

2) (in some direction)

face on — mit dem Gesicht voran

on and on — immer weiter

3) (switched or turned on)

the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an

put the light on — das Licht anmachen

is there a gas tap on? — ist ein Gashahn aufgedreht?

4) (arranged)

is Sunday's picnic on? — findet das Picknick am Sonntag statt?

I have nothing of importance on — ich habe nichts Wichtiges vor

5) (being performed)

what's on at the cinema? — was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?

his play is currently on in London — sein Stück wird zur Zeit in London aufgeführt od. gespielt

6) (on duty)

come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben

7)

something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen

you're on! — (coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!

be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen

what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?

be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)

on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)

be on to something — (have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also right 4. 4)

* * *

adj.

eingeschaltet adj.

in adj. prep.

an präp.

auf präp.

bei präp.

über präp.

English-german dictionary > on
6 on

[ɒn, Am ɑ:n] prep

1) ( on top of) auf +dat with verbs of motion auf +akk;

there are many books \on my desk auf meinem Tisch sind viele Bücher;

he had to walk out \on the roof er musste auf das Dach raus;

to get \on a horse auf ein Pferd aufsteigen [o aufsitzen];

\on top of sth [ganz] oben auf etw dat;

look at that cat \on the chair! schau dir die Katze auf dem Stuhl an!

2) ( from) auf +dat with verbs of motion auf +akk;

she hung their washing \on the line to dry sie hängte ihre Wäsche zum Trocknen auf die Leine;

several bird houses hung \on the branches an den Ästen hingen mehrere Nistkästen;

to hang a picture \on the wall ein Bild an die Wand hängen;

a huge chandelier hung \on the ceiling ein großer Kronenleuchter hing von der Decke

3) ( clothing) an +dat;

with shoes \on your feet mit Schuhen an deinen Füßen;

the wedding ring \on the ring finger der Hochzeitsring am Ringfinger

4) ( in area of) an +dat, auf +dat;

our house is \on Sturton Street unser Haus ist in der Sturton Street;

\on the hill/ mountain auf dem Hügel/Berg;

they lay \on the beach sie lagen am Strand;

the town is \on the island die Stadt ist auf der Insel;

her new house is \on the river ihr neues Haus liegt am Fluss;

\on her estate auf ihrem Gut;

on the border an der Grenze;

\on the corner an der Ecke;

they waited for their train \on platform three sie warteten auf Bahnsteig drei auf ihren Zug;

\on track two an Gleis zwei;

our house is the first \on the left unser Haus ist das erste auf der linken Seite;

\on the balcony auf dem Balkon

5) ( hurt by) an +dat;

I hit my head \on the shelf ich stieß mir den Kopf am Regal an;

she tripped \on the wire sie blieb an dem Kabel hängen;

he cut his foot \on some glass er schnitt sich den Fuß an Glas auf

6) ( supported by) auf +dat;

to stand \on one's head auf dem Kopf stehen;

he was lying \on his back er lag auf seinem Rücken

7) ( in possession of) bei +dat;

to have sth \on one etw bei sich dat haben;

have you got a spare cigarette \on you? hast du noch eine Zigarette für mich?;

I thought I had my driver's licence \on me ich dachte, ich hätte meinen Führerschein dabei

8) ( marking surface of) auf +dat;

how did you get that blood \on your shirt? wie kommt das Blut auf Ihr Hemd?;

a scratch \on her arm ein Kratzer an ihrem Arm;

a smile \on her face ein Lächeln in ihrem Gesicht

9) ( about) über +akk;

a debate \on the crisis eine Debatte über die Krise;

to comment \on the allegations Vorwürfe kommentieren;

he advised her \on her taxes er gab ihr Ratschläge für ihre Steuern;

I'll say more \on that subject later ich werde später mehr dazu sagen after pron

to have something/anything \on sb etw gegen jdn in der Hand haben;

do the police have anything \on you? hat die Polizei etwas Belastendes gegen dich in der Hand? after n

a documentary \on volcanoes ein Dokumentarfilm über Vulkane;

he needs some advice \on how to dress er braucht ein paar Tipps, wie er sich anziehen soll;

essays \on a wide range of issues Aufsätze zu einer Vielzahl von Themen

10) ( based on) auf +akk... hin;

he reacted \on a hunch er reagierte auf ein Ahnung hin;

he swore \on his word er gab ihr sein Wort;

\on account of sb/ sth wegen jdm/etw;

they cancelled all flights \on account of the weather sie sagten alle Flüge wegen dem Wetter ab;

\on purpose mit Absicht, absichtlich;

dependent/reliant \on sb/ sth abhängig von jdm/etw;

to be based \on sth auf etw dat basieren;

to rely/depend \on sb sich akk auf jdn verlassen;

he quit his job \on the principle that he did not want to work for an oil company er kündigte seine Stelle, weil er nicht für eine Ölgesellschaft arbeiten wollte;

to be based \on the ideas of freedom and equality auf den Ideen von Freiheit und Gleichheit basieren

11) ( as member of) in +dat;

have you ever served \on a jury? warst du schon einmal Mitglied in einer Jury?;

how many people are \on your staff? wie viele Mitarbeiter haben Sie?;

whose side are you \on in this argument? auf welcher Seite stehst du in diesem Streit?;

a writer \on a women's magazine eine Autorin bei einer Frauenzeitschrift;

to work \on a farm auf einem Bauernhof arbeiten

12) after vb ( against) auf +akk;

the dog turned \on its own master der Hund ging auf seinen eigenes Herrchen los;

the gangsters pulled a gun \on him die Gangster zielten mit der Pistole auf ihn;

her eyes were fixed \on his dark profile sie fixiert mit ihren Augen sein düsteres Profil;

to force one's will \on sb jdm seinen Willen aufzwingen after n

the attack \on the village der Angriff auf das Dorf;

they placed certain restrictions \on large companies großen Unternehmen wurden bestimmte Beschränkungen auferlegt;

there is a new ban \on the drug die Droge wurde erneut verboten;

to place a limit \on the number of items die Anzahl der Positionen begrenzen;

he didn't know it but the joke was \on him er wusste nicht, dass es ein Witz über ihn war

13) ( through device of) an +dat;

he's \on the phone er ist am Telefon;

they weaved the cloth \on the loom sie webte das Tuch auf dem Webstuhl;

Chris is \on drums Chris ist am Schlagzeug;

\on the piano auf dem [o am] Klavier;

we work \on flexitime wir arbeiten Gleitzeit

14) ( through medium of) auf +dat;

which page is that curry recipe \on? auf welcher Seite ist das Curry-Rezept?;

I'd like to see that offer \on paper ich hätte dieses Angebot gerne schriftlich;

to edit sth \on the computer etw im [o auf dem] Computer bearbeiten;

to be available \on cassette auf Kassette erhältlich sein;

to come out \on video als Video herauskommen;

I saw myself \on film ich sah mich selbst im Film;

what's \on TV tonight? was kommt heute Abend im Fernsehen?;

the jazz \on radio der Jazz im Radio;

I heard the story \on the news today ich hörte die Geschichte heute in den Nachrichten

15) ( during) auf +dat;

\on the way to town auf dem Weg in die Stadt

16) ( travelling with) in +dat;

I love travelling \on buses/ trains ich reise gerne in Bussen/Zügen;

we went to France \on the ferry wir fuhren auf der Fähre nach Frankreich;

he got some sleep \on the plane er konnte im Flugzeug ein wenig schlafen;

\on foot/ horseback zu Fuß/auf dem Pferd

17) ( on day of) an +dat;

many shops don't open \on Sundays viele Läden haben an Sonntagen geschlossen;

what are you doing \on Friday? was machst du am Freitag?;

we always go bowling \on Thursdays wir gehen donnerstags immer kegeln;

my birthday's \on the 30th of May ich habe am 30. Mai Geburtstag;

I'm free \on Saturday morning ich habe am Samstagvormittag nichts vor;

I always go shopping \on Wednesday morning ich gehe jeden Mittwochvormittag einkaufen;

\on a very hot evening in July an einem sehr heißen Abend im Juli

18) ( at time of) bei +dat;

\on his mother's death beim Tod seiner Mutter;

\on your arrival/ departure bei Ihrer Ankunft/Abreise;

\on the count of three, start running! bei drei lauft ihr los!;

trains to London leave \on the hour every hour die Züge nach London fahren jeweils zur vollen Stunde;

the professor entered the room at 1:00 \on the minute der Professor betrat den Raum auf die Minute genau um 13.00 Uhr;

\on the dot [auf die Sekunde] pünktlich;

\on receiving her letter als ich ihren Brief erhielt;

\on arriving at the station bei der Ankunft im Bahnhof

19) ( engaged in) bei +dat;

we were on page 42 wir waren auf Seite 42;

he was out \on errands er machte ein paar Besorgungen;

\on business geschäftlich, beruflich;

to work \on sth an etw dat arbeiten

20) ( medicated by)

to be \on sth etw nehmen;

to be \on drugs unter Drogen stehen, Drogen nehmen;

my doctor put me \on antibiotics mein Arzt setzte mich auf Antibiotika;

to be \on medication Medikamente einnehmen

21) ( paid by) auf +dat;

they bought that TV \on credit sie kauften diesen Fernseher auf Kredit;

we bought the furniture \on time wir kauften die Möbel auf Raten;

( Brit)

she wants it done \on the National Health Service sie möchte, das der National Health Service die Kosten übernimmt ( fam);

this meal is \on me das Essen bezahle ich;

the drinks are \on me die Getränke gehen auf meine Rechnung

22) ( added to) zusätzlich zu +dat;

a few pence \on the electricity bill ein paar Pfennige mehr bei der Stromrechnung

23) ( connected to) an +dat;

dogs should be kept \on their leads Hunde sollten an der Leine geführt werden;

\on the phone (Aus, Brit) telefonisch [o am Telefon] erreichbar;

we've just moved and we're not \on the phone yet wir sind gerade umgezogen und haben noch kein Telefon

24) ( according to) auf +dat;

\on the list auf der Liste;

a point \on the agenda ein Punkt auf der Tagesordnung;

to be finished \on schedule planmäßig fertig werden;

\on the whole im Ganzen, insgesamt;

\on the whole, it was a good year alles in allem war es ein gutes Jahr

25) ( burdening) auf +dat;

it's been \on my mind ich muss immer daran denken;

she had something \on her heart sie hatte etwas auf dem Herzen;

that lie has been \on his conscience er hatte wegen dieser Lüge ein schlechtes Gewissen

26) ( sustained by) mit +dat, von +dat;

does this radio run \on batteries? läuft dieses Radio mit Batterien?;

what do mice live \on? wovon leben Mäuse?;

he lived \on berries and roots er lebte von Beeren und Wurzeln;

I've only got £50 a week to live \on ich lebe von nur 50 Pfund pro Woche;

people \on average salaries Menschen mit Durchschnittseinkommen;

they are living \on their savings sie leben von ihren Ersparnissen;

to live \on welfare von Sozialhilfe leben;

to go \on the dole stempeln gehen;

to be \on sth (Brit, Aus) etw verdienen

27) ( experiencing)

to go \on strike streiken;

to set sth \on fire etw anzünden;

crime is \on the increase again die Verbrechen nehmen wieder zu;

to be \on sth ( undertake) etw machen;

I'll be away \on a training course ich mache einen Ausbildungslehrgang;

he's out \on a date with a woman er hat gerade eine Verabredung mit einer Frau;

we're going \on vacation in two weeks wir gehen in zwei Wochen in Urlaub;

I was \on a long journey ich habe eine lange Reise gemacht;

to be \on the go ( Brit) ( fig) auf Trab sein;

did you know that she's got a new book \on the go? hast du gewusst, dass sie gerade ein neues Buch schreibt?

28) ( compared with)

I can't improve \on my final offer dieses Angebot ist mein letztes Wort;

the productivity figures are down \on last week's die Produktivitätszahlen sind dieselben wie letzte Woche;

to have nothing [or not have anything] \on sth kein Vergleich mit etw dat sein;

my new bike has nothing \on the one that was stolen mein neues Fahrrad ist bei weitem nicht so gut wie das, das mir gestohlen wurde

29) after vb ( concerning)

to frown \on sth etw missbilligen;

they settled \on a price sie einigten sich auf einen Preis;

to congratulate sb \on sth jdn zu etw dat gratulieren;

he cheated \on her twice er betrog sie zweimal after adj

she was bent \on getting the job sie war entschlossen, die Stelle zu bekommen;

don't be so hard \on him! sei nicht so streng mit ihm! after n

criticism has no effect \on him Kritik kann ihm nichts anhaben

30) after vb ( as payment for) für +akk;

I've wasted a lot of money \on this car ich habe für dieses Auto eine Menge Geld ausgegeben after n

we made a big profit \on that deal wir haben bei diesem Geschäft gut verdient;

how much interest are you paying \on the loan? wie viel Zinsen zahlst du für diesen Kredit?

31) ( responsibility of)

this is \on your shoulders das liegt in deiner Hand, die Verantwortung liegt bei dir;

the future of the company is \on your shoulders du hast die Verantwortung für die Zukunft der Firma

32) after vb ( through no fault of)

\on sb ohne jds Verschulden;

she was really worried when the phone went dead \on her sie machte sich richtig Sorgen, als das Telefon ausfiel, ohne dass sie etwas getan hatte;

the fire went out \on me das Feuer ging ohne ihr Zutun aus

33) after vb ( encountering)

to stumble \on sth über etw akk stolpern;

to chance \on sb jdn [zufällig] treffen, jdm [zufällig] begegnen

34) after n ( following)

the government suffered defeat \on defeat die Regierung erlitt eine Niederlage nach der anderen;

wave \on wave of refugees has crossed the border in Wellen überquerten die Flüchtlinge die Grenze

35) (Aus, Brit) sports ( having points of)

Clive's team is \on five points while Joan's is \on seven das Team von Clive hat fünf Punkte, das von Joan hat sieben

PHRASES:

to have blood \on one's hands Blut an den Händen haben;

\on the board in Planung;

to be \on sb's case [to do sth] (Am) jdn nerven [, damit er/sie etw tut] ( fam)

\on the fly schnell;

to be out \on a limb alleine dastehen;

\on the shelf auf der langen Bank ( fig)

we've had to put that project \on the shelf wir mussten das Projekt auf die lange Bank schieben ( fig)

\on side loyal;

to have time \on one's hands noch genug Zeit haben;

\on a whim spontan, aus einer Laune heraus;

to border \on sth an etw akk grenzen;

to be \on it ( Aus) ( fam) sich akk volllaufen lassen ( fam), sich dat die Kanne geben;

what are you \on? ( fam) bist du noch ganz dicht? ( fam) adv

inv

1) ( in contact with) auf;

make sure the top's \on properly pass auf, dass der Deckel richtig zu ist;

they sewed the man's ear back \on sie haben das Ohr des Mannes wieder angenäht;

to screw sth \on etw anschrauben;

I wish you wouldn't screw the lid \on so tightly schraube den Deckel bitte nicht immer so fest

2) ( on body) an;

put a jumper \on! zieh einen Pullover drüber!;

with nothing \on nackt;

to put clothes \on Kleider anziehen;

to have/try sth \on etw anhaben/anprobieren

3) ( indicating continuance) weiter;

to get \on with sth mit etw dat weitermachen;

to keep \on doing sth etw weitermachen;

if the phone's engaged, keep \on trying! wenn besetzt ist, probier es weiter!;

\on and \on immer weiter;

the noise just went \on and \on der Lärm hörte gar nicht mehr auf;

we talked \on and \on wir redeten pausenlos

4) ( in forward direction) vorwärts;

would you pass it \on to Paul? würdest du es an Paul weitergeben?;

time's getting \on die Zeit vergeht;

from that day \on von diesem Tag an;

they never spoke to each other from that day \on seit diesem Tag haben sie kein Wort mehr miteinander gewechselt;

later \on später;

what are you doing later \on? was hast du nachher vor?;

to move \on ( move forward) weitergehen;

( transfer to another place) umziehen;

to urge sb \on jdn anspornen;

I'd never have managed this if my friend hadn't urged me \on ich hätte das nie geschafft, wenn mein Freund mich nicht dazu gedrängt hätte

5) ( being shown)

to be \on auf dem Programm stehen;

are there any good films \on at the cinema this week? laufen in dieser Woche irgendwelche guten Filme im Kino?;

what's \on at the festival? was ist für das Festival geplant?;

there's a good film \on this afternoon heute Nachmittag kommt ein guter Film

6) ( scheduled) geplant;

is the party still \on for tomorrow? ist die Party noch für morgen geplant?;

I've got nothing \on next week ich habe nächste Woche nichts vor;

I've got a lot \on this week ich habe mir für diese Woche eine Menge vorgenommen

7) ( functioning) an;

the brakes are \on die Bremsen sind angezogen;

is the central heating \on? ist die Zentralheizung an?;

to put the kettle \on das Wasser aufsetzen;

to leave the light \on das Licht anlassen;

the \on switch der Einschalter;

to switch/turn sth \on etw einschalten;

could you switch \on the radio? könntest du das Radio anmachen?

8) ( aboard)

the horse galloped off as soon as she was \on das Pferd galoppierte davon, sobald sie darauf saß;

to get \on bus, train einsteigen; horse aufsitzen

9) ( due to perform)

you're \on! du bist dran!

10) ( on duty)

to be \on Dienst haben, im Dienst sein

11) (Am) ( performing well)

to be \on gut drauf sein ( fam)

PHRASES:

head \on frontal;

side \on (Aus, Brit) seitlich;

the bike hit our car side \on das Rad prallte von der Seite auf unser Auto;

this way \on (Aus, Brit) auf diese Weise;

it might fit better if you put it this way \on es passt vielleicht besser, wenn du es so anziehst;

to be well \on in years nicht mehr der Jüngste sein;

to be not \on (Brit, Aus) ( fam) nicht in Ordnung sein;

\on and off;

off and \on hin und wieder, ab und zu;

sideways \on (Aus, Brit) seitlich;

to be well \on spät sein;

to be \on (Am) aufpassen;

to hang \on warten;

to be \on about sth (Aus, Brit) dauernd über etw akk reden;

I never understand what she's \on about ich verstehe nicht, wovon sie es dauernd hat ( fam)

to be [or get] \on at sb jdm in den Ohren liegen;

she's still \on at me to get my hair cut sie drängt mich dauernd, mir die Haare schneiden zu lassen;

to be \on to sb ( fam) jds Absichten durchschauen;

to be \on to something ( fam) etw spitz gekriegt haben ( fam)

you're \on! einverstanden!, abgemacht! ( fam) adj

inv, attr (Am) ( good) gut;

this seems to be one of her \on days es scheint einer von ihren guten Tagen zu sein

English-German students dictionary > on
7 service is no inheritance

посл.

≈ служба не длится вечно

‘And why not rather your own, Master Meiklewham, who call yourself the friend and servant of our family.’ ‘Ay, St. Ronan's’ answered Meiklewham, ‘that is a'l [= all] very true - but service is no inheritance, and as for friendship, it begins at home, as wise folks have said long before our time.’ (W. Scott, ‘St. Ronan's Well’, ch. X) — - А почему не взять деньги у вас, почтенный Миклем, у вас, который называет себя другом и слугою нашей семьи? - Все это верно, Сент-Ронан, - ответил Миклем, - да служба не вотчина, а дружба начинается дома, как говаривали мудрые люди в те поры, когда мы еще на свет не родились.

Large English-Russian phrasebook > service is no inheritance
8 Riley, James

SUBJECT AREA: Metallurgy

[br]

b. 1840 Halifax, England

d. 15 July 1910 Harrogate, England

[br]

English steelmaker who promoted the manufacture of low-carbon bulk steel by the open-hearth process for tin plate and shipbuilding; pioneer of nickel steels.

[br]

After working as a millwright in Halifax, Riley found employment at the Ormesby Ironworks in Middlesbrough until, in 1869, he became manager of the Askam Ironworks in Cumberland. Three years later, in 1872, he was appointed Blast-furnace Manager at the pioneering Siemens Steel Company's works at Landore, near Swansea in South Wales. Using Spanish ore, he produced the manganese-rich iron (spiegeleisen) required as an additive to make satisfactory steel. Riley was promoted in 1874 to be General Manager at Landore, and he worked with William Siemens to develop the use of the latter's regenerative furnace for the production of open-hearth steel. He persuaded Welsh makers of tin plate to use sheets rolled from lowcarbon (mild) steel instead of from charcoal iron and, partly by publishing some test results, he was instrumental in influencing the Admiralty to build two naval vessels of mild steel, the Mercury and the Iris.

In 1878 Riley moved north on his appointment as General Manager of the Steel Company of Scotland, a firm closely associated with Charles Tennant that was formed in 1872 to make steel by the Siemens process. Already by 1878, fourteen Siemens melting furnaces had been erected, and in that year 42,000 long tons of ingots were produced at the company's Hallside (Newton) Works, situated 8 km (5 miles) south-east of Glasgow. Under Riley's leadership, steelmaking in open-hearth furnaces was initiated at a second plant situated at Blochairn. Plates and sections for all aspects of shipbuilding, including boilers, formed the main products; the company also supplied the greater part of the steel for the Forth (Railway) Bridge. Riley was associated with technical modifications which improved the performance of steelmaking furnaces using Siemens's principles. He built a gasfired cupola for melting pig-iron, and constructed the first British "universal" plate mill using three-high rolls (Lauth mill).

At the request of French interests, Riley investigated the properties of steels containing various proportions of nickel; the report that he read before the Iron and Steel Institute in 1889 successfully brought to the notice of potential users the greatly enhanced strength that nickel could impart and its ability to yield alloys possessing substantially lower corrodibility.

The Steel Company of Scotland paid dividends in the years to 1890, but then came a lean period. In 1895, at the age of 54, Riley moved once more to another employer, becoming General Manager of the Glasgow Iron and Steel Company, which had just laid out a new steelmaking plant at Wishaw, 25 km (15 miles) south-east of Glasgow, where it already had blast furnaces. Still the technical innovator, in 1900 Riley presented an account of his experiences in introducing molten blast-furnace metal as feed for the open-hearth steel furnaces. In the early 1890s it was largely through Riley's efforts that a West of Scotland Board of Conciliation and Arbitration for the Manufactured Steel Trade came into being; he was its first Chairman and then its President.

In 1899 James Riley resigned from his Scottish employment to move back to his native Yorkshire, where he became his own master by acquiring the small Richmond Ironworks situated at Stockton-on-Tees. Although Riley's 1900 account to the Iron and Steel Institute was the last of the many of which he was author, he continued to contribute to the discussion of papers written by others.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

President, West of Scotland Iron and Steel Institute 1893–5. Vice-President, Iron and Steel Institute, 1893–1910. Iron and Steel Institute (London) Bessemer Gold Medal 1887.

Bibliography

1876, "On steel for shipbuilding as supplied to the Royal Navy", Transactions of the Institute of Naval Architects 17:135–55.

1884, "On recent improvements in the method of manufacture of open-hearth steel", Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute 2:43–52 plus plates 27–31.

1887, "Some investigations as to the effects of different methods of treatment of mild steel in the manufacture of plates", Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute 1:121–30 (plus sheets II and III and plates XI and XII).

27 February 1888, "Improvements in basichearth steel making furnaces", British patent no. 2,896.

27 February 1888, "Improvements in regenerative furnaces for steel-making and analogous operations", British patent no. 2,899.

1889, "Alloys of nickel and steel", Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute 1:45–55.

Further Reading

A.Slaven, 1986, "James Riley", in Dictionary of Scottish Business Biography 1860–1960, Volume 1: The Staple Industries (ed. A.Slaven and S. Checkland), Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press, 136–8.

"Men you know", The Bailie (Glasgow) 23 January 1884, series no. 588 (a brief biography, with portrait).

J.C.Carr and W.Taplin, 1962, History of the British Steel Industry, Harvard University Press (contains an excellent summary of salient events).

JKA

Biographical history of technology > Riley, James
9 grande

adj.

1 big, large.

este traje me está o me queda grande this suit is too big for me

un gran artista a great artist

el gran favorito the firm favorite

una gran figura a big name

una gran parte de mi trabajo implica… a large part of my job involves…

una gran responsabilidad a heavy responsibility

a lo grande in a big way, in style

grandes almacenes department store

gran angular (photography) wide-angle lens

Gran Bretaña Great Britain

el Gran Cañón the Grand Canyon

gran danés great Dane

gran éxito smash (hit) (disco, libro)

los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes

la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China)

el gran público the general public

gran superficie (commerce) hypermarket (peninsular Spanish)

2 old (de edad). (Mexican Spanish, River Plate)

3 fantastic(informal). ( River Plate)

4 magnus, Mag, magnum.

5 grand, formidable, majestical, stately.

m.

grandee (noble).

* * *

grande

► adjetivo

1 (tamaño) large, big

■ esta casa es demasiado grande para ellos dos this house is too big for the two of them

2 (fuerte, intenso) great

■ su partida les produjo una pena muy grande his departure caused them great sorrow

3 (mayor) grown-up, old, big

► nombre masculino

1 (de elevada jerarquía) great

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo grande on a grand scale, in a big way

estar grande una cosa a alguien to be too big on somebody

pasarlo en grande familiar to have a great time

vivir a lo grande figurado to live in style

Grande de España grandee Table 1 NOTA See also gran/Table 1

* * *

adj.

1) big

2) large

3) great

* * *

1. ADJ
( antes de sm sing gran)
1) [de tamaño] big, large; [de estatura] big, tall; [número, velocidad] high, great

viven en una casa muy grande — they live in a very big o large house

¿cómo es de grande? — how big o large is it?, what size is it?

los zapatos le están muy grandes — the shoes are too big for her

en cantidades más grandes — in larger o greater quantities

grandísimo — enormous, huge

un esfuerzo grandísimo — an enormous effort, a huge effort

un coche grandísimo — a whacking great car *

¡grandísimo tunante! — you old rogue!

el gran Buenos Aires — greater Buenos Aires

- a lo grande

hacer algo a lo grande — to do sth in style, make a splash doing sth *

vivir a lo grande — to live in style

- quedarle algo grande a algn

- pasarlo en grande

2) (=importante) [artista, hazaña] great; [empresa] big

un gran pintor — a great painter

un gran desastre — a great disaster

es una ventaja muy grande — it's a great advantage

hay una diferencia no muy grande — there is not a very big o great difference

los grandes bancos internacionales — the big international banks

las grandes empresas multinacionales — the big multinationals

la gran mayoría — the great majority

3) (=mucho, muy) great

con gran placer — with great pleasure

fueron grandes amigos — they were great friends

he sentido una gran pena — I felt very sad

me llevé una alegría muy grande — I felt very happy

comer con gran apetito — to eat hungrily

un mes de gran calor — a very hot month

un programa de gran éxito — a very successful programme

se estrenó con gran éxito — it was a great success, it went off very well

4) [en edad]
(=mayor)
ya eres grande, Raúl — you are a big boy now, Raúl

¿qué piensas hacer cuando seas grande? — what do you want to do when you grow up?

5)

¡qué grande! — Arg * how funny!

2. SMF

1) (=personaje importante)

los grandes de la industria — the major companies in the industry

uno de los grandes de la pantalla — one of the screen greats

los siete grandes — the Big Seven

Grande de España — grandee

2) LAm (=adulto) adult

3. SF

1) Arg [de lotería] first prize, big prize

2) And ** (=cárcel) clink **, jail

* * *
I
adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]

1)

a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big

un tipo grande — a big guy

b) ( en demasía) too big

me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

2) ( alto) tall

qué grande está Andrés! — isn't Andrés tall!

3) (Geog)

el Gran Santiago — Greater Santiago

4) ( en edad)

los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

cuando sea grande — when I grow up

ya son grandes — they are all grown up now

5) (delante del n)

a) (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

b) ( poderoso) big

los grandes bancos — the big banks

los grandes señores feudales — the great feudal lords

a lo grande — in style

6)

a) (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena — it caused me great sadness

un día de gran calor — a very hot day

me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

una gran explosión — a powerful explosion

es un gran honor — it is a great honor

una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

son grandes amigos — they're great friends

b) ( uso enfático)

eso es una gran verdad — that is absolutely true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza — you're a real swine (colloq)

qué mentira más grande! — that's a complete lie!

7)

a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

b) ( elevado)

a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

volar a gran altura — to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura — a very tall building

un gran número de personas — a large number of people

objetos de gran valor — objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

•

- grandes almacenes

- gran danés

- Gran Guerra

- gran ópera

- Gran Premio

- gran público
II
masculino, femenino

1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name

2)

a) ( mayor)

quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada — their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto)

los grandes — the grown-ups

•

- Grande de España

* * *

= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

Ex. Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.

Ex. Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.

Ex. The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

Ex. The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.

Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.

Ex. Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.

Ex. In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.

Ex. Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.

Ex. A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.

Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.

Ex. It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.

Ex. There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.

Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex. However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.

Ex. The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.

Ex. Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.

Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex. I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.

----

* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.

* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.

* a gran velocidad = at great speed.

* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.

* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.

* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.

* bastante grande = largish.

* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.

* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.

* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.

* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* con una gran cultura = well-read.

* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.

* con una gran tradición = long-standing.

* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.

* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.

* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.

* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* crear con gran destreza = craft.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* demasiado grande = oversized.

* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.

* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.

* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.

* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.

* extra grande = extra-large.

* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.

* gran altura = high altitude.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.

* gran belleza = scenic beauty.

* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.

* gran calidad = high standard.

* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.

* gran categoría = high standard.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* gran danés = Great Dane.

* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.

* grandes almacenes = department store.

* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.

* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.

* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.

* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.

* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.

* grandes y pequeños = great and small.

* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.

* gran ducado = grand-duchy.

* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.

* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.

* gran grupo = constellation.

* gran mentira = big fat lie.

* gran nivel = high standard.

* gran número de = great numbers of.

* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* gran peso = heavy weight.

* gran placer = great pleasure.

* gran potencia = great power.

* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.

* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.

* gran titular = headline banner.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.

* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.

* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.

* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* más grande = greater.

* muy grande = big time.

* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.

* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.

* pensar a lo grande = think + big.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* producir con gran destreza = craft.

* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.

* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.

* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.

* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.

* taza grande = mug.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.

* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.

* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.

* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.

* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.

* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.

* una gran extensión de = a sea of.

* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una gran pérdida = a great loss.

* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.

* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.

* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.

* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].

* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

* * *
I
adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]

1)

a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big

un tipo grande — a big guy

b) ( en demasía) too big

me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

2) ( alto) tall

qué grande está Andrés! — isn't Andrés tall!

3) (Geog)

el Gran Santiago — Greater Santiago

4) ( en edad)

los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

cuando sea grande — when I grow up

ya son grandes — they are all grown up now

5) (delante del n)

a) (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

b) ( poderoso) big

los grandes bancos — the big banks

los grandes señores feudales — the great feudal lords

a lo grande — in style

6)

a) (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena — it caused me great sadness

un día de gran calor — a very hot day

me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

una gran explosión — a powerful explosion

es un gran honor — it is a great honor

una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

son grandes amigos — they're great friends

b) ( uso enfático)

eso es una gran verdad — that is absolutely true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza — you're a real swine (colloq)

qué mentira más grande! — that's a complete lie!

7)

a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

b) ( elevado)

a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

volar a gran altura — to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura — a very tall building

un gran número de personas — a large number of people

objetos de gran valor — objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

•

- grandes almacenes

- gran danés

- Gran Guerra

- gran ópera

- Gran Premio

- gran público
II
masculino, femenino

1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name

2)

a) ( mayor)

quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada — their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto)

los grandes — the grown-ups

•

- Grande de España

* * *

= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

Ex: Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.

Ex: Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.

Ex: The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

Ex: The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.

Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.

Ex: Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.

Ex: In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.

Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.

Ex: A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.

Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.

Ex: It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.

Ex: There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.

Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex: However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.

Ex: The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.

Ex: Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.

Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex: I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.

* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.

* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.

* a gran velocidad = at great speed.

* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.

* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.

* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.

* bastante grande = largish.

* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.

* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.

* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.

* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* con una gran cultura = well-read.

* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.

* con una gran tradición = long-standing.

* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.

* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.

* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.

* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* crear con gran destreza = craft.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* demasiado grande = oversized.

* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.

* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.

* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.

* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.

* extra grande = extra-large.

* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.

* gran altura = high altitude.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.

* gran belleza = scenic beauty.

* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.

* gran calidad = high standard.

* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.

* gran categoría = high standard.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* gran danés = Great Dane.

* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.

* grandes almacenes = department store.

* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.

* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.

* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.

* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.

* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.

* grandes y pequeños = great and small.

* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.

* gran ducado = grand-duchy.

* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.

* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.

* gran grupo = constellation.

* gran mentira = big fat lie.

* gran nivel = high standard.

* gran número de = great numbers of.

* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* gran peso = heavy weight.

* gran placer = great pleasure.

* gran potencia = great power.

* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.

* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.

* gran titular = headline banner.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.

* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.

* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.

* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* más grande = greater.

* muy grande = big time.

* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.

* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.

* pensar a lo grande = think + big.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* producir con gran destreza = craft.

* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.

* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.

* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.

* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.

* taza grande = mug.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.

* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.

* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.

* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.

* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.

* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.

* una gran extensión de = a sea of.

* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una gran pérdida = a great loss.

* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.

* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.

* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.

* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].

* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

* * *

grande¹

adjective

[ gran is used before singular nouns]

A

1 (en dimensiones) large, big

se mudaron a una casa más grande they moved to a larger o bigger house

sus grandes ojos negros her big dark eyes

un tipo grande, ancho de hombros a big, broad-shouldered guy

una chica grandota, fortachona ( fam); a big, strong girl, a strapping lass ( BrE colloq)

tiene la boca/nariz grande she has a big mouth/nose

abra la boca más grande open wider

2 (en demasía) too big

¿esto será grande para Daniel? do you think this is too big for Daniel?

estos zapatos me quedan or me están grandes these shoes are too big for me

quedarle or ( Esp) venirle grande a algn «puesto/responsabilidad» to be too much for sb

B (alto) tall

¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!, hasn't Andrés gotten* tall!

C ( Geog):

el Gran Buenos Aires/Bilbao Greater Buenos Aires/Bilbao

D

1

( esp AmL) ‹niño/chico› (en edad): los más grandes pueden ir solos the older o bigger ones can go on their own

ya eres grande y puedes comer solito you're a big boy now and you can feed yourself

cuando sea grande quiero ser bailarina when I grow up I want to be a ballet dancer

mis hijos ya son grandes my children are all grown up now

2

( Arg) (maduro, mayor): es una mujer grande she isn't a young woman o she's a mature woman

está saliendo con un tipo grande she's going out with an older guy

E ( delante del n)

1 (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/artista/vino a great man/artist/wine

la gran dama del teatro the grande dame of the theater

2 (poderoso) big

los grandes bancos/industriales the big banks/industrialists

los grandes señores feudales the great feudal lords

a lo grande in style

3

(en importancia): son grandes amigos they're great friends

grandes fumadores heavy smokers

F ( fam)

(increíble): ¡qué cosa más grande! ¡ya te he dicho 20 veces que no lo sé! this is unbelievable! I've told you 20 times already that I don't know!

¿no es grande que ahora me echen la culpa a mí? ( iró); and now they blame me; great, isn't it? ( iro)

G

1 (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena it caused me great sadness

me has dado una gran alegría you have made me very happy

comió con gran apetito she ate hungrily o heartily

un día de gran calor a very hot day

los grandes fríos del 47 the great o big freeze of '47

me llevé un susto más grande … I got such a fright

para mi gran vergüenza to my great embarrassment

se produjo una gran explosión there was a powerful explosion

es un gran honor para mí it is a great honor* for me

ha sido una temporada de gran éxito it has been a very o a highly successful season

no corre gran prisa it is not very urgent

las paredes tienen gran necesidad de una mano de pintura the walls are very much in need of a coat of paint

2

(uso enfático): eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely o very true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza you're a real swine ( colloq)

ésa es la mentira más grande que he oído that's the biggest lie I've ever heard

¡qué gran novedad! ( iró); you don't say! o what a surprise! ( iro)

H

1 (en número) ‹familia› large, big; ‹clase› big

la gran mayoría de los votantes the great o vast majority of the voters

dedican gran parte de su tiempo a la investigación they devote much of o a great deal of their time to research

esto se debe en gran parte a que … this is largely due to the fact that …

2

(elevado): a gran velocidad at high o great speed

volar a gran altura to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura a very tall building

un gran número de personas a large number of people

objetos de gran valor objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos or nos divertimos en grande we had a great time ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● gran angular

masculine wide-angle lens

● gran capital

masculine:

el gran capital big business

● gran danés

masculine Great Dane

● Gran Depresión

feminine:

la Gran Depresión the Great Depression

● gran explosión

( Astron): la gran explosión the Big Bang

● Gran Guerra

feminine:

la Gran Guerra the Great War

● gran hermano

masculine Big Brother

el gran hermano te observa or te vigila Big Brother is watching you

● Gran Maestre

masculine Grand Master

● gran maestro

masculine grand master

● gran maestro internacional

masculine international grand master

● gran ópera

feminine grand opera

● Gran Premio

masculine Grand Prix

● gran público

masculine:

el gran público the general public

● gran reserva

feminine gran reserva (↑ grana a1)

● gran simpático

masculine ( Anat):

el gran simpático the sympathetic nervous system

● gran superficie

feminine ( Esp) large supermarket, hypermarket ( BrE)

● grandes almacenes

mpl department store

grande²

masculine, feminine

A (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name, leading player

uno de los tres grandes de la industria automovilística one of the big three names o one of the big three in the car industry

B ( esp AmL)

1

(mayor): quiero ir con los grandes I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married

2 (adulto) grown-up

Compuesto:

Grande de España

(Spanish) grandee o nobleman

grande³

feminine

( RPl)

la grande the big prize, the jackpot

sacarse la grande (literal) to win the big prize o the jackpot

se sacó la grande con ese marido she hit the jackpot with that husband

* * *

grande adjetivo
◊ gran is used before singular nouns

1
a) ( en dimensiones) ‹casa/área/nariz› big, large;

◊ un tipo grande a big guy;

unos grande almacenes a department store
b) ( en demasía) too big;

◊ me queda grande it's too big for me

c) ( en número) ‹ familia› large, big;

‹ clase› big;
la gran parte or mayoría the great majority
2
a) ( alto) tall;

◊ ¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!

b) ( en edad):

◊ cuando sea grande when I grow up;

ya son grandes they are all grown up now
3 (Geog):
◊ el Ggrande Santiago Greater Santiago

4 ( delante del n)
a) (notable, excelente) great;

◊ un gran hombre a great man

b) ( poderoso) big;

◊ los grandes bancos the big banks;

a lo grande in style
5
a) (en intensidad, grado) ‹pena/honor/ventaja› great;

‹ explosión› powerful;
◊ ¡me llevé un susto más grande … ! I got such a fright!;

una temporada de gran éxito a very o a highly successful season;
son grandes amigos they're great friends;
eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely true;
¡qué mentira más grande! that's a complete lie!
b) ( elevado):

◊ a gran velocidad at high o great speed;

volar a gran altura to fly at a great height;
un gran número de personas a large number of people;
objetos de gran valor objects of great value;
en grande: lo pasamos en grande we had a great time (colloq)
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
a) ( mayor):

◊ la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto):

◊ los grandes the grown-ups

grande adjetivo
1 (tamaño) big, large
grandes almacenes, department stores
2 (cantidad) large
3 fig (fuerte, intenso) great: es un gran músico, he is a great musician
♦ Locuciones: a lo grande, in style
figurado pasarlo en grande, to have a great time
' grande' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- alfombra
- ampliar
- ampliación
- armatoste
- así
- bastante
- bestial
- bloque
- buena
- bueno
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabezudo
- cajón
- calabacín
- campeonato
- cantidad
- canto
- ciudad
- colosal
- consideración
- fenomenal
- formidable
- gran
- hermosa
- hermoso
- incalculable
- ingeniosa
- ingenioso
- mía
- mío
- monstruosa
- monstruoso
- monumental
- nuestra
- nuestro
- pila
- puerta
- quedar
- señor
- suficientemente
- suma
- sumo
- terraza
- tirada
- tremenda
- tremendo
- venir
- bailar
English:
abnormally
- above
- ample
- army
- awful
- bag
- baggy
- bay
- big
- boat
- border
- box
- breaker
- brush
- bulk
- carve
- cauldron
- cushion
- deposit
- enough
- extend
- grand
- great
- grow
- hers
- in
- integrate
- large
- lion
- manufacturer
- marrow
- mighty
- mine
- outrank
- overgrown
- paving stone
- place
- roller
- set on
- set upon
- slight
- spanking
- style
- tablespoonful
- tea urn
- temptation
- terrific
- time
- to
- tub

* * *

grande gran is used instead of grande before singular nouns (e.g. gran hombre great man).

♦ adj

1. [de tamaño] big, large;

este traje me está o [m5] me queda grande this suit is too big for me;

el gran Buenos Aires/Santiago greater Buenos Aires/Santiago, the metropolitan area of Buenos Aires/Santiago;
Fig
el cargo le viene grande he's not up to the job;
Fam
pagó con un billete de los grandes he paid with a large note

Comp
grandes almacenes department store; Fot gran angular wide-angle lens;
la Gran Barrera de Coral the Great Barrier Reef;

Gran Bretaña Great Britain;

el Gran Cañón (del Colorado) the Grand Canyon;

gran danés Great Dane;
Hist la Gran Depresión the Great Depression;
gran ducado grand duchy;

la Gran Explosión the Big Bang;

la Gran Guerra the Great War;

los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes;

gran maestro [en ajedrez] grand master;
Hist Gran Mogol Mogul;
la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China);
Dep Gran Premio Grand Prix; Hist el Gran Salto Adelante the Great Leap Forward;
gran simio antropoide great ape;

gran slam [en tenis] grand slam;
Esp Com gran superficie hypermarket
2. [de altura] tall;

¡qué grande está tu hermano! your brother's really grown!

3. [en importancia] great;

una gran mujer a great woman;

los grandes bancos the major banks;

la gran mayoría está a favor del proyecto the great o overwhelming majority are in favour of the project;

el éxito se debe en gran parte a su esfuerzo the success is largely due to her efforts, the success is in no small measure due to her efforts

4. [en intensidad] great;

es un gran mentiroso he's a real liar;

¡qué alegría más grande! what joy!

5. Fam [adulto]
cuando sea grande quiere ser doctora she wants to be a doctor when she grows up;

me dijeron que todavía no soy grande como para salir solo they told me I'm not big enough to go out on my own yet

6. Méx, RP [de edad]
cuando se casó ya era grande she was already quite old when she got married;

siempre se llevó bien con gente más grande he always got on well with older people

7. RP Fam [fantástico] fantastic, Br brilliant

8. RP Irónico [genial] great;

ayer le hice un favor y hoy me vuelve la espalda, ¡grande! great! I did him a favour and now he doesn't want to know!

9. Comp
Fam
hacer algo a lo grande to do sth in a big way o in style;

vivir a lo grande to live in style;

pasarlo en grande to have a great time

♦ nm

1. [noble] grandee

Comp
Grande de España = one of highest-ranking members of Spanish nobility
2. [persona, entidad importante]
uno de los grandes del sector one of the major players in the sector;

los tres grandes de la liga the big three in the league;

uno de los grandes de la literatura mexicana one of the big names in Mexican literature

3. Fam
grandes [adultos] grown-ups

♦ nf
RP [en lotería] first prize, jackpot;
sacarse la grande [en lotería] to win first prize o the jackpot;

se sacó la grande con ese trabajo [tuvo buena suerte] she hit the jackpot with that job;

con esa nuera que tiene le tocó la grande [tuvo mala suerte] you've got to feel sorry for her having a daughter-in-law like that

♦ interj
RP Fam [fantástico] great!
* * *

grande

I adj

1 big, large;

el vestido me está o

me viene grande the jacket is too big for me;

el cargo le viene grande the job is too much for him

2

:

a lo grande in style;

pasarlo en grande have a great time

II m/f

1 L.Am. ( adulto) grown-up, adult;

grandes y pequeños young and old

2 ( mayor) eldest

* * *

grande adj, ( gran before singular nouns)

1) : large, big

un libro grande: a big book

2) alto: tall

3) notable: great

un gran autor: a great writer

4) (indicating intensity) : great

con gran placer: with great pleasure

5) : old, grown-up

hijos grandes: grown children

* * *

grande adj

1. (tamaño) big [comp. bigger; superl. biggest]

¿es muy grande el jardín? is the garden very big?

se mudaron a un piso más grande they moved to a bigger flat

2. (número, cantidad) large

una gran cantidad de dinero a large sum of money

3. (importante) great

un gran arquitecto a great architect

hoy es un gran día today is a great day

a lo grande in style

pasarlo en grande to have a great time

grandes almacenes department store

Spanish-English dictionary > grande
10 matriz

adj.

1 parent (empresa).

casa matriz head office

2 holding.

La compañía matriz The holding company.

3 matrix.

f.

1 womb (anatomy).

2 (check) stub.

3 mold (molde).

4 matrix (math & computing).

5 die, swage, hub, swage block.

6 parent, parent company.

* * *

matriz

(pl matrices)

► nombre femenino

1 ANATOMÍA womb

2 TÉCNICA mould (US mold)

3 (original) original, master copy

4 (de talonario) stub, counterfoil

5 MATEMÁTICAS matrix

► adjetivo

1 principal

* * *

1. SF

1) (Anat) womb, uterus

2) (Téc) mould, mold (EEUU), die; (Tip) matrix

3) [de talonario] stub, counterfoil

4) (Jur) original, master copy

5) (Mat) matrix; (Inform) array

2.

ADJ

casa matriz — (Com) (=sede) head office; (=compañía) parent company; (=convento) parent house

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( útero) womb, uterus

b) ( molde) mold*

c) ( de documento) original; ( de disco) master

d) ( de talonario) stub

e) ( de un test) master copy

f) ( esténcil) stencil

2) (Inf, Mat) matrix

3) ( de empresa) headquarters (sing or pl)

* * *

= hose, master, matrix [matrixes/matrices, -pl.], type image, matrix [matrixes/matrices, -pl.].

Nota: En imprenta, molde usado para la fundición de los tipos de imprenta.

Ex. Further down still the shank of the spindle, rounded again, entered the hose, which was an oblong rectangular wooden box, 25 cm. long by 12.5 cm. square bored with a hole to take the spindle down its long axis.

Ex. The great significance of a fully developed network will be that it will relieve libraries of the necessity of maintaining their own copies of the master data base.

Ex. The combination of material type and borrower type specifies one cell in each of these matrices.

Ex. An edition is all those copies of an item produced from substantially the same type image, whether by direct contact or by photographic method.

Ex. The rate of production of ordinary matrices was slightly increased by the use of a screw press instead of a hammer for striking the punches, and of simple jigs for justification = El ritmo de producción de las matrices normales aumentó ligeramente por el uso de las prensas de tornillo en lugar de un martillo para golpear los tipos movibles y de unas simples plantillas de guía para la justificación.

----

* documento matriz = master document.

* matrices = matrices [matrix, -sing.].

* matriz de puntos de impacto = impact dot matrix.

* matriz de similitud = similarity matrix.

* número matriz = master number.

* Procesador de Matrices de Texto (TAP) = Text Array Processor (TAP).

* registro matriz = master record.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( útero) womb, uterus

b) ( molde) mold*

c) ( de documento) original; ( de disco) master

d) ( de talonario) stub

e) ( de un test) master copy

f) ( esténcil) stencil

2) (Inf, Mat) matrix

3) ( de empresa) headquarters (sing or pl)

* * *

= hose, master, matrix [matrixes/matrices, -pl.], type image, matrix [matrixes/matrices, -pl.].

Nota: En imprenta, molde usado para la fundición de los tipos de imprenta.

Ex: Further down still the shank of the spindle, rounded again, entered the hose, which was an oblong rectangular wooden box, 25 cm. long by 12.5 cm. square bored with a hole to take the spindle down its long axis.

Ex: The great significance of a fully developed network will be that it will relieve libraries of the necessity of maintaining their own copies of the master data base.

Ex: The combination of material type and borrower type specifies one cell in each of these matrices.

Ex: An edition is all those copies of an item produced from substantially the same type image, whether by direct contact or by photographic method.

Ex: The rate of production of ordinary matrices was slightly increased by the use of a screw press instead of a hammer for striking the punches, and of simple jigs for justification = El ritmo de producción de las matrices normales aumentó ligeramente por el uso de las prensas de tornillo en lugar de un martillo para golpear los tipos movibles y de unas simples plantillas de guía para la justificación.

* documento matriz = master document.

* matrices = matrices [matrix, -sing.].

* matriz de puntos de impacto = impact dot matrix.

* matriz de similitud = similarity matrix.

* número matriz = master number.

* Procesador de Matrices de Texto (TAP) = Text Array Processor (TAP).

* registro matriz = master record.

* * *

matriz¹

adjective

casa

matriz²

feminine

A

1 (útero) womb, uterus

2 (molde) mold*

3 (de un documento) original; (de un disco) master

4 (de un talonario) stub, counterfoil

5 (de un test) master copy

6 (esténcil) stencil

B ( Mat) matrix

C (de una empresa) headquarters ( sing o pl); (de una orden religiosa) mother church

* * *

matriz sustantivo femenino
a) ( útero) womb, uterus

b) ( molde) mold^{( conjugate mold)}

c) ( de talonario) stub

matriz sustantivo femenino
1 Anat womb, uterus
2 (molde) mould
3 Mat matrix
' matriz' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
casa
- talón
English:
matrix
- parent company
- stub
- womb
- counter
- master
- parent
- uterus

* * *

matriz

♦ nf

1. Anat womb, Espec uterus

2. [molde] mould

3. Imprenta [espacio] character

4. [de talonario] (cheque) stub

5. Informát matrix

Comp
matriz activa active matrix
6. Mat matrix

7. [empresa] parent company

♦ adj
[empresa] parent;
casa matriz head office

* * *

matriz

f

1 MAT, TÉC, GEOL matrix

2 ANAT womb

* * *

matriz nf, pl matrices

1) : uterus, womb

2) : original, master copy

3) : main office, headquarters

4) : stub (of a check)

5) : matrix

matriz de puntos: dot matrix

Spanish-English dictionary > matriz
11 grand

grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]

1. adjective

   a. ( = de haute taille) tall

   b. ( = plus âgé) son grand frère his older or big (inf) brother

• ils ont deux grands enfants they have two grown-up children

• quand il sera grand [enfant] when he grows up

• il est assez grand pour savoir he's old enough to know

• tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl now

   c. (en dimensions) big, large ; [bras, distance, voyage, enjambées] long ; [avenue, marge] wide

• ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide

• l'amour avec un grand A love with a capital L

   d. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, big

• la grande majorité des gens the great majority of people

   e. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] great

• avec un grand rire with a loud laugh

• à ma grande surprise to my great surprise

   f. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leading

   g. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big

• je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!

• c'est un grand jour pour nous this is a great day for us

   h. ( = principal) main

• c'est la grande nouvelle du jour it's the main news of the day

• la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...

   i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] big

• un grand verre d'eau a large glass of water

• les grands malades the very ill

• un grand invalide a seriously disabled person

   j. ( = remarquable) great

• un grand vin a great wine

• une grande année a vintage year

• c'est du grand jazz (inf) it's jazz at its best

   k. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grand

• en grande pompe with great pomp

   l. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] lofty

   m. ( = exagéré) faire de grandes phrases to voice high-flown sentiments

• tous ces grands discours all these high-flown speeches

   n. ( = beaucoup de) cela te fera (le plus) grand bien it'll do you the world of good

• grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!

2. adverb

   a. (en taille) ces sandales chaussent grand these sandals are big-fitting (Brit) or run large (US)

   b. ( = largement) ouvrir (en) grand [+ porte] to open wide ; [+ robinet] to turn full on

• la fenêtre était grand(e) ouverte the window was wide open

• voir grand to think big

• il a vu trop grand he was over-ambitious

• il fait toujours les choses en grand he always does things on a large scale

3. masculine noun

   a. ( = élève) senior boy

• jeu pour petits et grands game for old and young alike

   b. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, son

   c. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places

• Alexandre le Grand Alexander the Great

4. feminine noun

grande

   a. ( = élève) senior girl

• elle parle comme une grande she talks like a much older child

   b. (terme d'affection) ma grande (my) dear

5. compounds

► la grande Bleue or bleue the Med (inf)

► grande personne grown-up

► la grande vie the good life

• mener la grande vie to live the good life

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

GRANDES ÉCOLES

The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).

Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES CONCOURS ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION

* * *

1.

grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif

1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big

plus grand que nature — larger than life

ouvrir de grands yeux — to open one's eyes wide

2) (nombreux, abondant) large, big

pas grand monde — not many people

il fait grand jour — it's broad daylight

laver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]

3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy

c'est un grand timide — he's very shy

les grands malades — very sick people

les grands blessés — the seriously injured

4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big

c'est un grand jour pour elle — it's a big day for her

la grande majorité — the great ou vast majority

5) ( principal) main

les grandes lignes d'une politique — the broad lines of a policy

6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading

les grandes industries — the big industries

7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble

c'est un grand homme — he's a great man

Louis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit

8) ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte)

les grandes personnes — grown-ups

les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US

une grande fille comme toi! — a big girl like you!

assez grand pour faire — old enough to do

9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high

il est grand temps que tu partes — it's high time you went

10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent

d'une grande timidité — very shy

à ma grande surprise — much to my surprise

sans grand espoir — without much hope

ça te ferait le plus grand bien — it would do you a world of good

à grands cris — loudly; cas, remède

11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great

la grande bourgeoisie — the upper middle class

12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand

avoir grande allure — to look very impressive

13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding

un grand merci — a big thank you

faire de grands gestes — to wave one's arms about

et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end

2.

nom masculin, féminin ( enfant) big boy/girl; École senior GB ou older pupil

pour les grands et les petits — for old and young alike

3.

adverbe wide

ouvrir grand les bras — to throw one's arms open

ouvrir la porte toute grande — to open the door wide

ouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears

leurs vêtements taillent grand — their clothes are cut on the large side

voir grand — to think big

4.

nom masculin

les grands de ce monde — the great and the good

les cinq grands — Politique the Big Five

les grands de l'automobile — the top car manufacturers

5.

en grand locution adverbiale

faire de l'élevage en grand — to breed animals on a large scale

faire les choses en grand — to do things on the grand scale

Phrasal Verbs:

- grand banditisme

- grand bassin

- grand couturier

- grand duc

- grand écart

- le grand écran

- grand ensemble

- grand invalide civil

- grand invalide de guerre

- le grand large

- grand magasin

- grand maître

- grand mât

- le grand monde

- le Grand Nord

- grand panda

- Grand Pardon

- grand patron

- grand prêtre

- le grand public

- grand quotidien

- grand teint

- grand tourisme

- la grande banlieue

- la grande cuisine

- grande distribution

- grande école

- la Grande Guerre

- grande gueule

- la grande muraille de Chine

- grande personne

- la grande presse

- grande puissance

- grande roue

- grande série

- grande surface

- grandes eaux

- grandes lignes

- grandes marées

- grandes ondes

- grands espaces

- grands fauves

- grands fonds

- Grands Lacs

- grands singes

* * *
ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e
1. adj

1) (= de haute taille) tall

Il est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.

2) (= aîné)

son grand frère — his big brother

C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.

3) (= adulte)

une grande personne — a grown-up

Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...

4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large

une grande valise — a big suitcase

une grande maison — a big house

5) (importance, stature) great

un grand homme — a great man

un grand voyage — a long journey

C'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.

les grandes vacances — the summer holidays

les grandes lignes CHEMINS DE FER — the main lines

6) (ampleur, degré)

un grand buveur — a heavy drinker

les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.

les grands brûlés — people with serious burns

un grand malade — a very sick person

le grand malade de l'Europe — the sick man of Europe

7) (intensif)

au grand jour — in broad daylight

au grand air — in the open air

Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.

de grand matin — at the crack of dawn

il est grand temps de — it's high time to

avoir grand besoin de — to be in great need of

2. adv

grand ouvert — wide open

voir grand — to think big

3. nm/f

1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girl

Il est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.

C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.

2) (= personnage)

les grands de ce monde — the great and the good

4. nm

en grand [ouvrir] — wide

voir les choses en grand — to think big

* * *

grand, grande

A adj

1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;

2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;

3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;

4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;

5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;

6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;

7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;

8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;

9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;

10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;

11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;

12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;

13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.

B nm,f

1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;

2 ( terme d'affection) mon grand, ma grande my darling.

C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.

D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.

E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.

Composés

grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of Honour^GB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfast^GB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.

ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.

( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectif

A.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]

1. [de taille élevée - adulte] tall ; [ - enfant] tall, big

2. [de grandes dimensions - objet, salle, ville] big, large ; [ - distance] long

grand A/B/C capital A/B/C

une grande tour a high ou tall tower

un grand fleuve a long ou big river

une statue plus grande que nature a large-scale statue

de grandes jambes long legs

avoir de grands pieds to have big ou large feet

ses grands yeux bleus her big blue eyes

marcher à grands pas to walk with great ou long strides

3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big

tu es un grand garçon maintenant you're a big boy now

tu es assez grand pour comprendre you're old enough to understand

[aîné - frère, sœur] big

[au terme de sa croissance - personne] grown-up ; [ - animal] fully grown, adult

quand je serai grand when I'm grown-up ou big

4. [qui dure longtemps] long

pendant un grand moment for quite some time

5. [intense, considérable] great

les risques sont grands there are considerable risks

de grande diffusion widely-distributed

une grande fortune great wealth, a large fortune

ils ont marié leur fille à grands frais they married off their daughter at great ou vast expense

rincer à grande eau to rinse thoroughly

les grands froids intense cold

pendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summer

nous avons fait un grand feu we made a big fire

un grand incendie a major ou great fire

ce sont des articles de grande consommation they are everyday consumer articles

(à l'époque des)grandes marées (at) spring tide

au grand jour in broad daylight

6. [pour qualifier une mesure] large, great

la grande majorité de the great ou vast majority of

son grand âge explique cette erreur this mistake can be put down to her being so old

ils plongent à une grande profondeur they dive very deep ou to a great depth

un grand nombre de passagers a large number of passengers

7. [entier]

une grande cuillerée de sucre a heaped spoonful of sugar

elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week

8. BOTANIQUE great, greater

9. GÉOGRAPHIE

le Grand Canyon the Grand Canyon

les Grands Lacs the Great Lakes

10. ZOOLOGIE

les grands animaux (the) larger animals

B.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]

1. [important] great, major

les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our time

2. [acharné, invétéré] great, keen

c'est un grand travailleur he's a hard worker, he's hard-working

c'est une grande timide she's really shy

ce sont de grands amis they're great ou very good friends

grands fumeurs heavy smokers

les grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled

les grands handicapés the severely handicapped

3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great

4. [dans une hiérarchie]

les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime

le Grand rabbin (de France) the Chief Rabbi (of France)

les grands corps de l'État the major public bodies

5. [noble]

avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing

6. [généralementéreux]

il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart

une grande âme a noble soul

7. [exagéré] big

de grands gestes extravagant gestures

grands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language

8. [fameux, reconnu] great

un grand homme a great man

un grand journaliste a great ou top journalist

les grands textes classiques the classics

il ne descend que dans les grands hôtels he only stays in the best hotels ou the most luxurious hotels

le grand film de la soirée tonight's big ou feature film

le grand jour the big day

les grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history

un grand nom a great name

un grand nom de la peinture contemporaine one of today's great painters

les grands couturiers the top fashion designers

9. HISTOIRE

la Grande Catherine Catherine the Great

10. [omnipotent, suprême] great

Dieu est grand God is great

C.[EN INTENSIF]

avec une (très) grande facilité with (the greatest of) ease

sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interest

sa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his garden

c'était un grand moment it was a great moment

un grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sister

le grand amour: c'est le grand amour! it's true love!

Robert fut son grand amour Robert was the love of her life

tu aurais grand avantage à la prévenir you'd be well advised to warn her

cette cuisine a grand besoin d'être nettoyée this kitchen really needs ou is in dire need of a clean

faire grand bien: ça m'a fait le plus grand bien it did me a power of ou the world of good

il en a pensé le plus grand bien he thought most highly of it

grand bien lui fasse! much good may it do her!

faire grand cas de to set great store by

toute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the family

jamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I accept

il n'y a pas grand mal à demander des précisions there's no harm in asking for further details

il est parti de grand matin he left at the crack of dawn

il n'y avait pas grand monde à son concert there weren't many people at his concert

pour notre plus grand plaisir to our (great) delight

prendre grand soin de to take great care of

à sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise

il est grand temps que tu le lises it's high time you read it

————————

, grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin

1. [enfant - d'un certain âge]

l'école des grands primary school

[en appellatif]

merci mon grand! thanks, son!

allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!

comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl

2. [adulte - généralement] grown-up, adult

un jeu pour petits et grands a game for young and old (alike)

[en appellatif]

alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?

[personne de grande taille]

pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back

————————

adverbe

1. [vêtement]

chausser grand: c'est un modèle qui chausse grand this is a large-fitting shoe

tailler grand: ça devrait vous aller, ça taille grand it should fit you, it's cut large

2. (locution)

ils ont vu trop grand they bit off more than they could chew

elle voit grand pour son fils she's got great hopes for her son

deux rôtis! tu as vu grand! two roasts! you don't do things by halves!

3. [largement]

grand ouvert wide-open

4. ART

représenter quelque chose plus grand que nature to enlarge something

————————

nom masculin

1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment

2. [entrepreneur, industriel]

un grand de la mode a leading light in the fashion business

les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers

————————

grands nom masculin pluriel

ÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUE

les grands [les puissants] the rich (and powerful)

les grands de ce monde the people in (positions of) power ou in high places

les deux Grands POLITIQUE the two superpowers

————————

en grand locution adverbiale

[complètement] on a large scale

il faut aérer la maison en grand the house needs a thorough ou good airing

il a fait les choses en grand (figuré) he really did things properly

grande école nom féminin

competitive-entrance higher education establishment

grand ensemble nom masculin

housing scheme (UK), housing project (US)

grande surface nom féminin

hypermarket

GRANDE ÉCOLE

The grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training).

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > grand
12 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
13 pantalones

m.pl.

1 pants, slacks.

Ponerse los pantalones (Coll.) to show who is the boss (generally applied to the man of the house)

Llevar los pantalones (Coll.) to wear the pants, to be the head of a household

2 man, male. (Andes)

3 guts, courage. (Caribbean)

* * *

noun m. plural

pants, trousers

* * *

masculino plural, pantalón masculino pants (pl) (AmE), trousers (pl) (BrE)

unos pantalones — a pair of pants o trousers

llevar los pantalones — to wear the pants o trousers

tener or llevar bien puestos los pantalones — to be master in one's own home

- pantalones bombachos

- pantalones cortos

- pantalones de peto

- pantalones tejanos or vaqueros or de mezclilla

- pantalón fuseau

* * *

= trousers, slacks, breeches, pants.

Ex. He got up, and, putting hands in the pockets of his trousers, began to walk around the room.

Ex. The head of reference told me that he's going to see about a dress code for the staff, prohibiting slacks for women.

Ex. The user asked for a book about General Wolfe but he said: `I do not want to know about his battles -- I can learn all about those from the histories, I want something that will tell me the colour of the breeches he wore' = El usuario pidió un libro sobre el General Wolfe aunque dijo: "No quiero conocer su batallas, eso lo puedo averiguar en los libros de historia, quiero algo que me diga el color de los calzones que llevaba".

Ex. Previously a hearty eater who may have been a few pounds overweight, food now has no meaning for him and he has seen his pants size diminish two sizes.

----

* pantalones acampanados = flares.

* pantalones anchos = baggy pants.

* pantalones bombachos = breeches, knickerbockers.

* pantalones de campana = flares.

* pantalones de media caña = knee breeches, jodhpurs.

* pantalones de montar = riding breeches, jodhpurs.

* pantalones de pana = curduroy trousers.

* pantalones largos = long pants.

* pantalones lisos = flat-front pants.

* pantalones vaqueros = blue jeans.

* tabla de planchar pantalones = trousers press.

* * *

masculino plural, pantalón masculino pants (pl) (AmE), trousers (pl) (BrE)

unos pantalones — a pair of pants o trousers

llevar los pantalones — to wear the pants o trousers

tener or llevar bien puestos los pantalones — to be master in one's own home

- pantalones bombachos

- pantalones cortos

- pantalones de peto

- pantalones tejanos or vaqueros or de mezclilla

- pantalón fuseau

* * *

= trousers, slacks, breeches, pants.

Ex: He got up, and, putting hands in the pockets of his trousers, began to walk around the room.

Ex: The head of reference told me that he's going to see about a dress code for the staff, prohibiting slacks for women.

Ex: The user asked for a book about General Wolfe but he said: `I do not want to know about his battles -- I can learn all about those from the histories, I want something that will tell me the colour of the breeches he wore' = El usuario pidió un libro sobre el General Wolfe aunque dijo: "No quiero conocer su batallas, eso lo puedo averiguar en los libros de historia, quiero algo que me diga el color de los calzones que llevaba".

Ex: Previously a hearty eater who may have been a few pounds overweight, food now has no meaning for him and he has seen his pants size diminish two sizes.

* pantalones acampanados = flares.

* pantalones anchos = baggy pants.

* pantalones bombachos = breeches, knickerbockers.

* pantalones de campana = flares.

* pantalones de media caña = knee breeches, jodhpurs.

* pantalones de montar = riding breeches, jodhpurs.

* pantalones de pana = curduroy trousers.

* pantalones largos = long pants.

* pantalones lisos = flat-front pants.

* pantalones vaqueros = blue jeans.

* tabla de planchar pantalones = trousers press.

* * *

pantalones

mpl

pantalón

masculine

pants (pl) ( AmE), trousers (pl) ( BrE)

pantalones de pinzas or pinzados pleated pants o trousers

ponte los pantalones azules put on your blue pants o trousers

se compró unos pantalones he bought a pair of pants o trousers

se vuelve loca cuando ve unos pantalones she goes wild over anything in trousers ( colloq)

llevar los pantalones to wear the pants o trousers

tener or llevar bien puestos los pantalones to be master in one's own home

Compuestos:

● pantalones bombachos

baggy pants o trousers (pl)

● pantalones cortos

shorts (pl), short pants o trousers (pl)

● pantalones de buzo

(Chi, Per) sweatpants, sweats (pl) ( AmE colloq)

● pantalones de chándal

( Esp) sweatpants, sweats (pl) ( AmE colloq)

● pantalones de jogging

( RPl) pantalones de chándal

● pantalones de mezclilla

(Chi, Méx) jeans (pl)

● pantalones de peto

overalls (pl) ( AmE), dungarees (pl) ( BrE)

● pantalones de sudadera

( Col) pantalones de chándal

● pantalones largos

long pants o trousers (pl)

● pantalones tejanos

jeans (pl)

● pantalones tobilleros

cropped pants o trousers (pl)

● pantalones vaqueros

jeans (pl)

● pantalón fuseau

stretch ski-pants (pl)

* * *

pantalones sustantivo masculino plural,
◊ pantalón sustantivo masculino

pants (pl) (AmE), trousers (pl) (BrE);
unos pantalones a pair of pants o trousers;
pantalones cortos shorts (pl);
pantalones de peto overalls (pl) (AmE), dungarees (pl) (BrE);
pantalones tejanos or vaqueros jeans (pl)

' pantalones' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bajarse
- destrozada
- destrozado
- estrecha
- estrecho
- pantalón
- pegar
- peto
- remangar
- remangarse
- remendar
- servir
- subirse
- acampanado
- bajar
- caber
- estrechar
- planchar
- romper
- subir
- sujetar
- tirante
- viejo
- vuelta
English:
adjust
- back
- bell-bottoms
- breeches
- cord
- corduroy
- crease
- cuff
- drawstring trousers
- flare
- go out
- go together
- jodhpurs
- leg
- pair
- pants
- riding breeches
- shorts
- ski pants
- take down
- tight
- trousers
- bottom
- knickerbockers
- overall
- press
- short
- slacks
- tuck

* * *

pantalón

m, pantalones mpl pants pl, Br

trousers pl ;

llevar los pantalones fig fam wear the pants o Br

trousers fam

Spanish-English dictionary > pantalones
14 account

əˈkaunt
1. сущ.
1) счет, расчет;
подсчет Some banks make it difficult to open an account. ≈ В некоторых банках трудно открыть счет. for account of smb. - on account charge smb.'s account charge smth. to an account close an account with keep accounts open an account with overdraw an account pass to account pay smth. into an account pay an account on smb.'s account lay one's account with smth. settle accounts with smb. active account balance account blocked account charge account checking account correspondent account credit account current account deposit account savings account inactive account individual retirement account joint account outstanding account private account running account account book
2) отчет;
сообщение;
доклад to call to account ≈ призвать к ответу, потребовать объяснения, отчета to give account of smth.≈ давать отчет в чем-л. accurate account biased account blow-by-blow account detailed account eyewitness account fictitious account first-hand account full account newspaper account onesided account press accounts sweep account true account vivid account Syn: report
3) мнение, оценка take into account leave out of account give a good account of oneself not to hold of much account by all accounts
4) основание, причина account of
5) важность, значение make account of be reckoned of some account of good account of high account of much account of no account of small account
6) выгода, польза turn to account turn a thing to account on one's own account turn to good account
7) торговый баланс ∙ to be called to one's account;
to go to one's account амер. to hand in one's account ≈ умереть;
свести счеты с жизнью, покончить с собой
2. гл.
1) считать;
рассматривать I account myself happy. ≈ Я считаю себя счастливым. He was accounted( to be) guilty. ≈ Его признали виновным. The opening day of the battle was, nevertheless, accounted a success. ≈ Первый бой, тем не менее, рассматривался как успех. account smth. a merit
2) отчитываться (перед кем-л. в чем-л.) ;
давать отчет (кому-л. в чем-л.) (to, for) Trade agreements are to be accounted for yearly. ≈ Торговые соглашения проверяются ежегодно. You will have to account to me for all you do. ≈ Вам придется отчитываться передо мной за все свои действия. He could not account for the missing funds.≈ Он не смог отчитаться за недостающие деньги How do you account for the accident? ≈ Как вы объясните причины этого несчастного случая?
3) отвечать, нести ответственность( for) At once accounting for his deep arrears. ≈ Мгновенно расплачиваясь за свои многочисленные долги( Драйден) Syn: answer for
4) разг. убить, уничтожить( for) After a long hunt, the fox was at last accounted for. ≈ После длительного преследования лиса была наконец убита.
5) объяснять( for) He could not account for his foolish mistake. ≈ Он не мог объяснить, почему допустил такую глупую ошибку. This accounts for his behaviour. ≈ Вот чем объясняется его поведение. account for one's conduct account for being late
6) вменять, приписывать( кому-л. какие-л. качества) ;
полагать, считать Fortune was ever accounted inconstant. ≈ Фортуну всегда считали непостоянной.
7) вызывать что-л., приводить к чему-л., служить причиной чего-л. (for) These accidents are accounted for by his negligence. ≈ Причина этих аварий кроется в его халатности. That accounts for it! ≈ Вот, оказывается, в чем дело!
8) считаться с кем-л. (с of) They are nothing to be accounted of. ≈ Кто они такие, чтобы с ними считаться? ∙ one cannot account for tastes ≈ о вкусах не спорят
счет;
- bank * счет в банке;
- correspondent * корреспондентский счет;
- * current, current * текущий счет;
- joint * общий счет;
- private * счет частного лица или фирмы;
- * rendered счет, предъявленный к оплате;
- on smb.'s * на чьем-то счете в банке;
за чей-то счет;
- for * of smb. (коммерческое) за чей-то счет;
- on * (биржевое) в счет причитающейся суммы;
- to open an * with открывать счет;
- to be in * with иметь счет у кого-л.;
иметь дела, быть связанным с;
- to pay an * заплатить по счету, расплатиться;
- to settle *s with smb. рассчитаться с кем-л.;
свести счеты с кем-л.;
- to pass to * внести на счет расчет;
подсчет;
- money of * (коммерческое) расчетная денежная единица;
- for the * (биржевое) с ликвидацией расчетов в течение ближайшего ликвидационного периода;
- to keep * of smth. вести счет чему-л.;
- to take an * of smth. подсчитать что-л.;
составить список чего-л.;
произвести инвентаризацию чего-л. расчеты, отчетность;
сводка;
- activity *s (экономика) хозяйственные счета;
- to adjust *s (бухгалтерское) приводить книги в порядок;
- to cast *s производить расчет;
- to learn *s изучать счетоводство кредит по открытому счету;
- * card кредитная карточка;
- charge this coat to my * запишите это пальто на мой счет отчет;
доклад, сообщение;
- an accurate * of smth. подробный доклад о чем-л.;
- newspaper * газетный отчет;
газетное сообщение;
- to call to * потребовать отчета;
призвать к ответу;
- to give an * давать отчет, отчитываться;
- to give an * of smth. делать отчет о чем-л.;
описывать что-л.;
давать сведения о чем-л.;
объяснять что-л.;
- to give an * of one's absence объяснять причину своего отсутствия описание, рассказ;
- * of the trip рассказ о поездке;
- to trust smb.'s * доверять чьему-л. рассказу;
- let us have your * of yesterday afternoon расскажи нам о том, что ты делал вчера днем сводка данных мнение, отзыв, оценка;
according to all *s, by all *s по общему мнению, по словам всех;
- not to hold of much * быть невысокого мнения, невысоко ценить причина, основание;
- on this * по этой причине;
- on what *? на каком основании?;
- at all *s в любом случае;
во что бы то ни стало;
- not on any *, on no * ни в коем случае, ни под каким видом;
никоим образом;
- on * of из-за, вследствие, ввиду, по случаю, по причине;
- on the public * в общественных интересах значение, важность;
- of good * имеющий ценность;
пользующийся авторитетом;
- to be reckoned of some * иметь некоторый вес, пользоваться определенным вниманием;
- of no * не имеющий веса;
не пользующийся авторитетом;
- of small * незначительный, не имеющий большого значения;
- to make little * of smb., smth. не придавать кому-л., чему-л. большого значения;
- he is of small * here с ним здесь мало считаются внимание к чему-л.;
принятие в расчет чего-л.;
- to take into * принимать во внимание;
- you must take into * the boy's long illness вы должны учесть, что мальчик долго болел;
- to leave smth. out of *, to take no * of smth. не принимать во внимание что-л. выгода, польза;
- on one's own * в своих собственных интересах;
на свой страх и риск;
- to turn smth. to * обратить что-л. в свою пользу, использовать что-л. в своих интересах;
извлечь из чего-л. выгоду;
- she turned her misfortune to * она извлекла пользу даже из своего несчастья = advertising account;
- they got the toothpaste * они получили заказ на рекламирование зубной пасты (любой) заказчик, покупатель, клиент > the great * (религия) день страшного суда, судный день;
> to be called to one's *, to go to one's *, (американизм) to hand in one's *s покончить счеты с жизнью, умереть;
> he cast up *s его стошнило;
> to give a good * of oneself хорошо себя зарекомендовать, успешно справиться;
добиться хороших результатов;
не ударить лицом в грязь считать, признавать;
- to * smth. a merit считать что-л. достоинством;
- I * him a hero я считаю его героем;
- to * oneself lucky полагать, что ты счастливчик;
- he was *ed guilty его признали виновным;
- he was much *ed of его высоко ценили (to, for) отчитываться;
давать отчет;
- you'll have to * to me if anything happens to her если с ней что-нибудь случится, ты мне ответишь;
- he *ed for the money он отчитался за полученную сумму (for) отвечать, нести ответственность;
- he will * for his crime он ответит за свое преступление( for) (разговорное) убить, уничтожить;
обезвредить;
поймать;
- I *ed for three of the attackers я разделался с тремя из нападающих;
- he *ed for five of the enemy planes он сбил пять вражеских самолетов приписывать, вменять;
- many virtues were *ed to him ему приписывали множество добродетелей (for) объяснять;
- to * for one's absence давать объяснения по поводу своего отсутствия;
- I cannot * for his behaviour я не могу объяснить его поведения;
- he could not * for his foolish mistake он не находил объяснения своей нелепой ошибке (for) вызывать что-л., приводить к чему-л., служить причиной чего-л.;
- the humidity *s for the discomfort повышенная влажность является причиной дискомфорта;
- that *s for it! вот, оказывается, в чем дело! > one cannot * for tastes о вкусах не спорят

absorption ~ поглощающий счет

acceptance ~ акцептный счет

account выгода, польза;
to turn to account использовать;
извлекать выгоду;
to turn a thing to account использовать (что-л.) в своих интересах ~ выгода, польза ~ выгода ~ доклад;
сообщение;
отчет ~ доклад ~ заказчик рекламного агентства ~ запись финансовой операции ~ значение, важность;
of no account, of small account, амер. no незначительный;
to make account of придавать значение ~ значение, важность ~ иск с требованием отчетности ~ клиент рекламного агентства ~ мнение, оценка;
by all accounts по общим отзывам;
to give a good account of oneself хорошо себя зарекомендовать ~ мнение ~ объяснять (for - что-л.) ;
this accounts for his behaviour вот чем объясняется его поведение ~ операционный период на Лондонской фондовой бирже ~ основание, причина;
on account of из-за, вследствие ;
on no account ни в коем случае ~ отзыв ~ отчет ~ отчет об исполнении государственного бюджета (Великобритания) ~ отчетность ~ отчитываться (for - в чем-л.) ;
отвечать (for - за что-л.) ~ отчет;
to give an account (of smth.) давать отчет (в чем-л.) ;
to call to account призвать к ответу, потребовать объяснения, отчета ~ оценка ~ подсчет ~ причина, основание ~ расчет ~ расчет по биржевым сделкам ~ регистр ~ рекламодатель ~ сообщение ~ счет ~ счетная формула ~ считать за;
рассматривать как;
I account myself happy я считаю себя счастливым ~ счет, расчет;
подсчет;
for account (of smb.) за счет( кого-л.) ;
on account в счет (чего-л.) ~ торговый баланс ~ учетная статья в бухгалтерской книге ~ финансовый отчет

~ attr.: ~ book конторская книга;
to be called to one's account, to go to one's account амер. to hand in one's account умереть

~ attr.: ~ book конторская книга;
to be called to one's account, to go to one's account амер. to hand in one's account умереть book: account ~ бухгалтерская книга account ~ журнал бухгалтерского учета

~ current текущий счет;
joint account общий счет;
to keep accounts бухг. вести книги current: account ~ (A/C) контокоррент account ~ (A/C) открытый счет account ~ (A/C) текущий банковский счет account ~ текущий счет

~ for давать отчет ~ for нести ответственность ~ for объяснять ~ for отвечать ~ for отчитываться ~ for являться причиной

~ for current operations отчет по текущим операциям

~ for new buildings счет к оплате за новые здания

~ for the accumulation of payments счет к оплате накопленных платежей

~ for various payments счет к оплате различных платежей

~ of charges счет издержек ~ of charges счет накладных расходов

~ of commission счет комиссионных платежей

~ of estate счет за имущество

~ of goods purchased счет на закупленные товары

~ of heating expenses счет затрат на отопление

~ of recourse счет с правом регресса

~ of third party депозитный счет, допускающий платежи в пользу третьих лиц

~ subject to notice счет с уведомлением

~ with correspondent bank счет в банке-корреспонденте

~ with correspondent bank abroad счет в банке-корреспонденте за рубежом

~ with overdraft facility счет, по которому допущен овердрафт ~ with overdraft facility счет с превышением кредитного лимита

~ with the Treasury счет в министерстве финансов

advertising ~ счет за рекламу

annual ~ годовая выписка со счета annual ~ годовой расчет annual ~ ежегодный финансовый отчет;
ежегодный бухгалтерский отчет

appropriation ~ счет ассигнований

asset ~ бухг. счет актива

assets held in post giro ~ активы на счете почтовых жиросчетов

balance ~ балансовый счет

balance an ~ закрывать счет

balance sheet ~ статья бухгалтерского баланса

balance sheet in ~ form балансовый отчет в виде счета

bank ~ банковский счет bank ~ счет в банке bank: ~ attr. банковый, банковский;
bank account счет в банке;
bank currency банкноты, выпущенные в обращение национальными банками

~ attr.: ~ book конторская книга;
to be called to one's account, to go to one's account амер. to hand in one's account умереть

bill ~ счет векселей

bills payable ~ счет векселей к уплате

block an ~ замораживать счет

blocked ~ блокированный счет blocked ~ заблокированный счет blocked ~ замороженный счет

bonus ~ счет тантьемы

brief ~ краткое изложение

bring the surplus to ~ записывать излишки на счет

budget ~ бюджетный счет budget ~ семейный счет budget ~ счет потребительского кредита

building society ~ счет жилищно-строительного кооператива

business ~ счет предприятий

business establishment savings ~ сберегательный счет делового предприятия

~ мнение, оценка;
by all accounts по общим отзывам;
to give a good account of oneself хорошо себя зарекомендовать

~ отчет;
to give an account (of smth.) давать отчет (в чем-л.) ;
to call to account призвать к ответу, потребовать объяснения, отчета call: ~ to account привлекать к ответственности

capital ~ баланс движения капиталов capital ~ счет основного капитала

capital ~ of the balance of payments счет движения капитала в платежном балансе capital ~ of the balance of payments счет основного капитала в платежном балансе

capital gains and losses ~ счет доходов от прироста капитала и убытков

cash ~ кассовый счет cash ~ счет cash ~ счет кассы

cashier's ~ кассовый счет

central government's ~ правительственный счет

certificate-of-deposit ~ счет депозитного сертификата

charge ~ кредит по открытому счету charge ~ счет charge ~ счет покупателя в магазине

charges ~ счет

checking ~ текущий счет checking ~ чековый счет

cheque ~ чековый счет

cheque only for ~ чек только для безналичных расчетов

child savings ~ детский сберегательный счет

clearing ~ безналичный расчет между банками clearing ~ клиринговый счет

client's ~ счет клиента

close an ~ закрывать счет

commission ~ счет комиссионных платежей

company ~ счет компании

consolidation ~ объединенный счет

contra ~ контрсчет

contributory pension ~ счет взносов в пенсионный фонд

control ~ контрольный счет

cost control ~ контрольный счет затрат cost control ~ субсчет затрат

costing ~ счет издержек

cover ~ счет

credit ~ (амер.) кредит по открытому счету (в магазине) credit ~ счет пассива баланса credit ~ счет с кредитным сальдо

current ~ контокоррент current ~ открытый счет current ~ текущий платежный баланс current ~ текущий счет

current ~ of balance of payments открытый счет платежного баланса current ~ of balance of payments текущий счет платежного баланса

customer's ~ счет клиента customer's ~ счет покупателя

dead ~ заблокированный счет

debit ~ счет актива баланса debit ~ счет с дебетовым сальдо

debit an ~ относить на дебет счета

deferred ~ счет с отсроченным получением сумм

deferred tax ~ счет отсроченного налога

deficiency ~ дефицитный счет

demand deposit ~ депозитный счет

departmental ~ ведомственный счет

deposit ~ авансовый счет deposit ~ депозитный счет deposit ~ срочный вклад

detail ~ подробный отчет

distribution ~ разделенный счет

dollar ~ долларовый счет

dormant ~ неактивный депозитный счет dormant ~ неактивный клиентский счет

drawer's ~ счет трассанта

drawings ~ счет расходов drawings ~ текущий счет

educational ~ счет за обучение

educational savings ~ счет сбережений для получения образования

entertainment ~ счет на представительские расходы

environmental ~ отчет о состоянии окружающей среды

equalization ~ стабилизационный счет equalization ~ счет валютного регулирования

escrow ~ счет, который находится в руках третьей стороны до урегулирования отношений между двумя принципалами escrow ~ счет в банке, на котором блокируются средства за покупку товара в качестве гарантии завершения товарообменной операции escrow ~ счет условного депонирования

establishment ~ счет организации

exhaustive ~ исчерпывающий отчет

expenditure ~ учет расходов

expense ~ счет подотчетных сумм expense ~ счет расходов

family ~ семейный счет

final ~ итоговый отчет final ~ окончательный расчет

fixed asset ~ счет основного капитала

fixed-term deposit ~ срочный вклад

~ счет, расчет;
подсчет;
for account (of smb.) за счет (кого-л.) ;
on account в счет (чего-л.)

for joint ~ на общий счет for joint ~ на объединенный счет

foreign ~ банк. иностранный счет

foreign currency ~ банковский счет в иностранной валюте

foreign exchange ~ счет в иностранной валюте

forwarding ~ счет за транспортировку forwarding ~ экспедиторский счет

freeze an ~ замораживать счет

freight ~ счет за перевозку

frozen ~ заблокированный счет frozen ~ замороженный счет

furnish an ~ предоставлять отчет

general average ~ мор. страх. счет по общей аварии

general ledger ~ счет в главной бухгалтерской книге general ledger ~ счет в общей бухгалтерской книге

giro ~ жирорасчет giro ~ жиросчет

~ мнение, оценка;
by all accounts по общим отзывам;
to give a good account of oneself хорошо себя зарекомендовать

~ отчет;
to give an account (of smth.) давать отчет (в чем-л.) ;
to call to account призвать к ответу, потребовать объяснения, отчета

~ attr.: ~ book конторская книга;
to be called to one's account, to go to one's account амер. to hand in one's account умереть

the great ~ рел. день страшного суда, судный день

guarantee ~ счет на поручителя

~ attr.: ~ book конторская книга;
to be called to one's account, to go to one's account амер. to hand in one's account умереть

heating ~ выч. счет за отопление

homeownership savings ~ банк. счет сбережений от домовладения

~ считать за;
рассматривать как;
I account myself happy я считаю себя счастливым

impersonal ~ счет, не принадлежащий конкретному лицу

improvements ~ счет затрат на усовершенствования

inactive ~ неактивный депозитный счет inactive ~ неактивный клиентский счет

income ~ счет доходов

index-linked savings ~ индексированный сберегательный счет

indexed pension ~ индексированный пенсионный счет

instalment ~ счет платежей в рассрочку

instalment savings ~ сберегательный счет для оплаты покупок в рассрочку

intercompany ~ межфирменный счет

interest ~ счет процентов

interest-bearing ~ счет, приносящий процентный доход

interest-bearing current ~ текущий счет, приносящий процентный доход

interim ~ промежуточный счет

intermediate clearing ~ промежуточный клиринговый счет

investment ~ счет для инвестиционных операций

investment fund ~ счет инвестиционного фонда

investment income ~ счет доходов от капиталовложений

investment savings ~ сберегательный счет капиталовложений

itemized ~ детализированный счет itemized ~ счет с детальным перечислением бухгалтерских проводок itemized ~ счет с детальным перечислением операций

~ current текущий счет;
joint account общий счет;
to keep accounts бухг. вести книги joint ~ общий счет joint ~ объединенный счет

joint venture ~ счет совместного предприятия

~ current текущий счет;
joint account общий счет;
to keep accounts бухг. вести книги accounts: keep ~ бухг. вести счета

key ~ рекл. основной счет

to lay( one's) ~ (with smth.) принимать( что-л.) в расчет to lay (one's) ~ (with smth.) рассчитывать( на что-л.)

to leave out of ~ не принимать во внимание;
not to hold of much account быть невысокого мнения;
to take into account принимать во внимание, в расчет

liability ~ счет пассива

liquidity ~ счет ликвидности

loan ~ ссудный счет loan ~ счет ссуд

loro ~ счет лоро

loss ~ счет убытков

lottery ~ счет выигрышей

maintain an ~ иметь счет в банке

maintenance ~ счет эксплуатационных издержек

~ значение, важность;
of no account, of small account, амер. no незначительный;
to make account of придавать значение

margin ~ маржинальный счет margin ~ счет биржевого спекулянта у брокера по сделкам с маржей

master ~ основной счет

master interest ~ основной счет процентов

materials ~ счет на материалы

month-end ~ расчет на конец месяца

monthly ~ ежемесячный расчет monthly ~ ежемесячный счет

movement on the ~ движение на счете

national giro ~ национальный жиросчет

national income ~ счет национального дохода

negotiated deposit ~ договорный депозитный счет

~ значение, важность;
of no account, of small account, амер. no незначительный;
to make account of придавать значение need: I ~ not have done it мне не следовало этого делать;
must I go there? - No, you need not нужно ли мне туда идти?-Нет, не нужно no: no голос против ~ pron neg. не (= not a) ;
he is no fool он неглуп, он не дурак;
no such thing ничего подобного;
no doubt несомненно;
no wonder неудивительно ~ не (при сравн. ст. = not any, not at all) ~ нет;
no, I cannot нет, не могу ~ нет;
no, I cannot нет, не могу ~ pron neg. никакой (= not any;
перед существительным передается обыкн. словом нет) ;
he has no reason to be offended у него нет (никакой) причины обижаться ~ pron neg. означает запрещение, отсутствие;
no smoking! курить воспрещается! ~ отказ;
he will not take no for an answer он не примет отказа ~ (pl noes) отрицание;
two noes make a yes два отрицания равны утверждению ~ pron neg. с отглагольным существительным или герундием означает невозможность: there's no knowing what may happen нельзя знать, что может случиться ~ голосующие против;
the noes have it большинство против

nominal ~ активно-пассивный счет nominal ~ номинальный счет nominal ~ пассивный счет

noninterest bearing ~ счет без выплаты процентов

nostro ~ счет ностро

to leave out of ~ не принимать во внимание;
not to hold of much account быть невысокого мнения;
to take into account принимать во внимание, в расчет

notice ~ закрытый счет

numbered ~ пронумерованный счет

~ значение, важность;
of no account, of small account, амер. no незначительный;
to make account of придавать значение

~ значение, важность;
of no account, of small account, амер. no незначительный;
to make account of придавать значение

offset ~ контрсчет

~ счет, расчет;
подсчет;
for account (of smb.) за счет (кого-л.) ;
on account в счет (чего-л.) on ~ в счет причитающейся суммы on ~ в частичное погашение причитающейся суммы on ~ на условиях кредита on ~ путем частичного платежа в счет причитающейся суммы on one's own ~ на свой страх и риск;
самостоятельно;
on (smb.'s) account ради( кого-л.)

~ основание, причина;
on account of из-за, вследствие ;
on no account ни в коем случае on ~ of за счет on ~ of по причине

on current ~ на текущий счет

on joint ~ на общем счете on joint ~ на общий счет

~ основание, причина;
on account of из-за, вследствие ;
on no account ни в коем случае

on one's own ~ на свой страх и риск;
самостоятельно;
on (smb.'s) account ради (кого-л.)

on own ~ за собственный счет on own ~ на собственный счет

on-demand ~ счет до востребования on-demand ~ текущий счет

open ~ контокоррент open ~ открытый счет open ~ текущий счет

open an ~ открывать счет open: ~ открывать, основывать;
to open a shop открыть магазин;
to open an account открыть счет (в банке)

operating ~ действующий счет

operations ~ счет по операциям

order ~ счет заказов

others' ~ счет "прочие"

outstanding ~ незавершенный расчет outstanding ~ неоплаченный счет

overdrawn ~ счет с превышенным кредитным лимитом overdrawn ~ счет со снятой суммой, превышающей остаток

own ~ собственный счет

payment on ~ уплата в счет причитающейся суммы payment: ~ on account оплата по безналичному расчету

payroll ~ счет заработной платы

pension savings ~ пенсионный сберегательный счет

personal ~ личный счет personal ~ счет частного лица

piecework ~ счет на сдельные работы

postage ~ счет почтовых сборов

postal ~ почтовый счет

premium savings ~ сберегательный счет страховых премий

private ~ счет фирмы private ~ счет частного лица

prize ~ счет с премиальными начислениями

pro forma ~ фиктивный счет

production ~ производственный счет

profit and loss ~ баланс прибылей и убытков

proprietorship ~ счет, обеспечивающий контроль над правом владения предприятием proprietorship ~ счет капитала

provisional ~ временный счет

publicity ~ счет расходов на рекламу

quarterly ~ счет за квартал

realization ~ счет реализации объектов основного капитала при ликвидации фирмы

rebill ~ счет взаимных расчетов

redemption ~ счет отчислений на амортизацию долга

reexchange ~ счет обратного переводного векселя

render an ~ предъявлять счет render: ~ представлять;
to render thanks приносить благодарность;
to render an account for payment представлять счет к оплате;
to render an account докладывать, давать отчет

rental ~ счет арендной платы

replacement ~ счет на замену оборудования

reserve ~ резервный счет

reserve fund ~ счет резервного фонда

residuary ~ остаточный счет

rest-of-the-world ~ счет заграничных операций

revenue ~ счет доходов revenue ~ счет поступлений

running ~ контокоррент, текущий счет running ~ контокоррент running ~ текущий счет running: ~ текущий;
running account текущий счет

safe-custody ~ депонирование ценных бумаг

salary ~ счет заработной платы

sales ~ счет продаж

savings ~ сберегательный счет

savings bank ~ сберегательный счет

savings book ~ счет в банке, все операции по которому отражаются в специальной именной книжке

sectional ~ вспомогательный счет

separate ~ специальный счет

to settle (или to square) accounts (with smb.) рассчитываться( с кем-л.) to settle (или to square) accounts (with smb.) сводить счеты( с кем-л.) accounts: settle ~ оплачивать счета

share ~ паевой счет( в кредитном союзе)

share certificate ~ паевой счет в кредитном союзе (США)

share draft ~ чековый паевой счет, предлагаемый кредитным союзом (США)

share premium ~ счет надбавок к курсу акций share premium ~ счет премий акций

shareholder ~ счет акционера

short-term capital ~ баланс движения краткосрочных капиталов

sight deposit ~ текущий счет

special ~ отдельный счет

special arbitrage ~ специальный арбитражный счет

special drawing ~ специальный открытый счет

special settlement ~ специальный расчетный счет

speculation ~ счет спекулятивных сделок

subsidiary ~ вспомогательный счет

summary ~ заключительный баланс summary ~ итоговый счет summary ~ краткий отчет summary ~ обобщенный счет summary: ~ суммарный, краткий;
summary account краткий отчет

suspense ~ вспомогательный счет suspense ~ промежуточный счет suspense ~ счет переходящих сумм suspense ~ счет причитающихся сумм, взыскание которых сомнительно suspense ~ счет сомнительных дебиторов

take ~ of принимать во внимание take ~ of учитывать

to leave out of ~ не принимать во внимание;
not to hold of much account быть невысокого мнения;
to take into account принимать во внимание, в расчет take into ~ принимать во внимание take into ~ учитывать

tax ~ налоговый счет

tax equalization ~ счет уравнительных налогов

tax-privileged ~ счет с налоговыми льготами

tax-privileged savings ~ сберегательный счет с налоговыми льготами

~ объяснять (for - что-л.) ;
this accounts for his behaviour вот чем объясняется его поведение

time ~ срочный вклад

trading ~ счет, который ведется системой ТАЛИСМАН для каждого участника рынка (Великобритания) trading ~ торговый счет

travel ~ туризм( статья в платежном балансе)

trust ~ доверительный счет trust ~ счет по имуществу, отданному в доверительное управление trust ~ счет фондов социального страхования trust ~ траст, учитываемый на особом счете

account выгода, польза;
to turn to account использовать;
извлекать выгоду;
to turn a thing to account использовать (что-л.) в своих интересах

account выгода, польза;
to turn to account использовать;
извлекать выгоду;
to turn a thing to account использовать (что-л.) в своих интересах turn: ~ to account вносить на счет

unsettled ~ неоплаченный счет unsettled ~ неурегулированный счет

user ~ вчт. счет пользователя

value adjustment ~ счет скорректированной стоимости

variance ~ счет отклонений затрат от нормативного уровня

vostro ~ счет востро vostro ~ счет лоро

wage ~ счет, на который перечисляется заработная плата

withdraw from ~ снимать со счета

working ~ текущий счет

written ~ выписанный счет

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > account
15 imprimir

v.

1 to print (libro, documento).

María imprimió su huella Mary imprinted her mark.

María imprimió los volantes Mary printed the fliers.

2 to impress.

3 to impart, to transmit.

* * *

imprimir

(pp imprimido,-a o impreso,-a)

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to print

2 (dejar huella) to stamp

3 figurado (grabar) to fix

4 (dar) to give

■ éstas son circunstancias que imprimen caracter these are character-building experiences

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

imprimir estilo to leave one's mark

imprimir un ritmo to set the pace

máquina de imprimir printing machine

* * *

verb

to print

* * *

(pp (en tiempos compuestos) imprimido)
(pp (como ADJ) impreso) VT
1) (Tip) [+ libro, folleto, billetes] to print

"impreso en Montevideo" — "printed in Montevideo"

2) (Inform) [+ documento, página] to print out

3) (=marcar) [+ nombre, número] to print

dejó sus huellas impresas en el jarrón — he left his fingerprints on the vase

estar impreso en algo — to be engraved on sth

el accidente quedó impreso en su memoria — the accident was imprinted on his memory

el dolor estaba impreso en su rostro — pain was written all over his face

4) (=transmitir) [+ estilo] to stamp; [+ ritmo] to set; [+ velocidad] to introduce

el director imprimió su sello a la orquesta — the conductor put his own stamp on the orchestra

imprime a sus escritos un particular encanto — she brings a special charm to her writing

el equipo no ha encontrado la forma de imprimir velocidad a su juego — the team have not found a way to speed up their game

imprimir carácter — to be character-building

haber vivido en Madrid le ha imprimido carácter — living in Madrid has been a character-building experience (for him) o has been character-building for him

sus lecturas infantiles han imprimido carácter en su obra — his childhood reading has given character to his work

5) (Bio) to imprint (a on)

* * *

verbo transitivo

1)

a) (Impr) to print

impreso en Perú — printed in Peru

b) < huella>

dejó sus huellas impresas en el barro — he left his footprints in the mud

2) (comunicar, dar) (frml) to give

le imprimió su estilo propio al personaje — he stamped his own style on the character

experiencias que imprimen carácter — character-forming o character-building experiences

* * *

= print, print out, run off, impress, pull, come off + the press.

Ex. Accessions lists contain information about the documents received since the last time the list was printed.

Ex. Like the stop-list, the go-list can also be displayed or printed out for consideration prior to updating or other modification.

Ex. Not only are they the same work, they were run off from the same plates.

Ex. A typical opening of the book shows two pages of text with the unfamiliar long 'f' often heavily impressed into a rough-looking paper.

Ex. Until the later seventeenth century a special form of piecework payment was common in French and English houses, whereby journeymen contracted with the master to set so many pages or pull so many sheets in a day.

Ex. The number of copies of an edition which have come off the press at any one time is known as the size of the edition.

----

* empezar a imprimir = go to + press.

* encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine-minder.

* imprimir en letra realzada = print in + double density.

* joven ayudante del encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine boy.

* letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.

* máquina de imprimir direcciones = addressograph, addressing machine.

* que se puede imprimir = printable.

* reimprimir = reprint.

* volver a imprimir = reprint.

* * *

verbo transitivo

1)

a) (Impr) to print

impreso en Perú — printed in Peru

b) < huella>

dejó sus huellas impresas en el barro — he left his footprints in the mud

2) (comunicar, dar) (frml) to give

le imprimió su estilo propio al personaje — he stamped his own style on the character

experiencias que imprimen carácter — character-forming o character-building experiences

* * *

= print, print out, run off, impress, pull, come off + the press.

Ex: Accessions lists contain information about the documents received since the last time the list was printed.

Ex: Like the stop-list, the go-list can also be displayed or printed out for consideration prior to updating or other modification.

Ex: Not only are they the same work, they were run off from the same plates.

Ex: A typical opening of the book shows two pages of text with the unfamiliar long 'f' often heavily impressed into a rough-looking paper.

Ex: Until the later seventeenth century a special form of piecework payment was common in French and English houses, whereby journeymen contracted with the master to set so many pages or pull so many sheets in a day.

Ex: The number of copies of an edition which have come off the press at any one time is known as the size of the edition.

* empezar a imprimir = go to + press.

* encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine-minder.

* imprimir en letra realzada = print in + double density.

* joven ayudante del encargado de la máquina de imprimir = machine boy.

* letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.

* máquina de imprimir direcciones = addressograph, addressing machine.

* que se puede imprimir = printable.

* reimprimir = reprint.

* volver a imprimir = reprint.

* * *

imprimir [ I36 ]

vt

A

1 ( Impr) to print

impreso en Perú printed in Peru

2 ‹huella/marca›

dejó sus huellas impresas en el barro he left his footprints in the mud

B (comunicar, dar)

1 ( frml); ‹movimiento› to impart ( frml), to transmit ( frml)

imprimió excesiva velocidad al vehículo he drove the vehicle at excessive speed

imprimió un trotecito corto a la yegua he brought the mare to a brisk trot

imprimió a sus caderas un leve balanceo she swung her hips slightly as she walked

2 ( frml); ‹orientación› to give

esas experiencias imprimen carácter those are character-forming o character-building experiences

le imprimió su estilo propio al personaje he stamped his own style on the character, he stamped the character with his own style

* * *

imprimir ( conjugate imprimir) verbo transitivo (Impr) to print;
◊ impreso en Perú printed in Peru

imprimir verbo transitivo
1 Impr Inform to print
2 (dejar una huella) to stamp, impress: imprime su estilo a todo lo que hace, he stamps his mark on everything he does
3 (comunicar, transmitir) to give: le imprimió mucha velocidad a la pelota, he makes the ball go very fast
le imprimió un efecto extraño a la pelota, he put spin on the ball

' imprimir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
blanca
- blanco
- estampar
- impreso
English:
impress
- italicize
- output
- print
- print out
- imprint
- press

* * *

imprimir

♦ vt

1. [libro, documento] to print;

imprimir algo a todo color to print sth in full colour;

impreso en México printed in Mexico

2. [huella, paso] to leave, to make;

imprimió sus pisadas en la alfombra she left footprints on the carpet

3. [dar] [movimiento]
imprimir velocidad a algo to speed sth up;

el atleta mexicano imprimió un ritmo endiablado a la carrera the Mexican athlete set a fiendish pace in the race

4. [dar] [carácter]
imprimió a su novela un carácter revolucionario she imbued her work with a revolutionary spirit;

imprimió a su gobierno un toque progresista he brought a progressive touch to his government;

imprimieron al acuerdo un carácter conciliador they made the agreement conciliatory in tone;

sus dibujos imprimen carácter al libro her illustrations lend character to the book;

su voz imprime un sello propio al grupo his voice gives the group its own distinctive quality

♦ vi

to print

* * *

imprimir

<part impreso> v/t tb
INFOR print; fig
transmit

* * *

imprimir {42} vt

1) : to print

2) : to imprint, to stamp, to impress

* * *

imprimir vb to print

Spanish-English dictionary > imprimir
16 κύριος

1
I. κύριος, ία, ιον(Pind. et al.; ins, pap) comp. κυριώτερος (Just., A II, 13, 3); superl. κυριώτατος (Just., D. 11, 2); adv. κυρίως. The primary mng. relates to possession of power or authority, in various senses: ‘strong, authoritative, valid, ruling’; then to that which is preeminently important principal, essential (Aeschyl. et al.; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., Ant. 20, 41, C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177; Just.; Ath. 22:2) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cp. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).—DELG.
2
II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Philo, Joseph., apolog.; loanw. in rabb. For the corresp. fem. s. κυρία.) gener. ‘lord, master’.

① one who is in charge by virtue of possession, owner (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod S 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; ins, pap, LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod S 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property).

ⓐ of things w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cp. SIG 742, 6 κ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; SIG 1215, 28; PTebt 5, 147 [118 B.C.] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th ser., 8, 1914, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers. On Hebr. background for possible understanding of the pl. in the sing. sense ‘owner’, s. RButh, JBL 104, ’86, 680–85.). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod S 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κ. τῆς ζωῆς; PsSol 2:29 κ. γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227 κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5.

ⓑ w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of pers. (cp. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36; TestSol 22:5; TestJob 7:9; TestGad 4:4; JosAs 4:14) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod S 8, 5, 3; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 27f Tdf.) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cp. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—TestJos 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under a above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25.

② one who is in a position of authority, lord, master

ⓐ of earthly beings, as a designation of any pers. of high position: of husband in contrast to wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 15 [Stone p. 38]; ApcMos 2. cp. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252b; SIG 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cp. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35; by his daughter TestJob 46:2; JosAs 4:5); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cp. PFay 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere, = our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15 (but s. NWyatt, ZNW 81, ’90, 38); Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cp. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 33 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 7:8 al.). The distinctive Gr-Rom. view of ‘deified’ rulers requires treatment under 2bβ.

ⓑ of transcendent beings

α. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 95–98; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; s. also SEG XXXVI, 350 and add. ins cited by DZeller, DDD 918f; LXX (where it freq. replaces the name Yahweh in the Mt); pseudepigr.; Philo, Just.; Hippol. Ref. 8, 17, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 35, 6.—FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I 1926, 42–47; MParca, ASP 31, ’91, 51 [lit.]) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; B-D-F §254, 1; Mlt-Turner 174), like a personal name (οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομνάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν Hippol. Ref. 9, 26, 2) Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P⁷²); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου (LXX, TestSol, GrBar et al.) Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; J 5:3 v.l.; Ac 5:19; 7:30 v.l.; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5; PsSol 5:19; 7:31; TestLevi 8:11; ApcMos 37) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ. Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26; PsSol 6:1 al.); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25 (Gen 15:1 al.); φωνὴ κ. (Gen 3:8 al.); Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. (Ex 9:3 al.; TestJob 26:4; ApcMos prol.) Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26 (PsSol 17:32 [Χριστὸς κύριος, s. app.]).—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely expressed (Diod S 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90 τῶν πάντων κ.; Just., D. 127, 2 κ. τῶν πάντων) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f; ParJer 5:32 [Harris]) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cp. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15 (LXX; PsSol 10:5). Cp. 22:6 (s. Num 16:22; 27:16). κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68 (PsSol 16:3; TestSol 1:13). κ. ὁ θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22 (TestSol D 4:7; cp. ParJer 9:6). κ. Σαβαώθ Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9; TestSol 1:6 al.; Just., D. 64, 2); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:15 (Ex 23:17; 1 Km 1:25 al.; TestJob 15:6 al.; TestReub 1:9 al.). παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6 (LXX; PsSol 1:1 al.).

β. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to deities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2bα beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II 1900, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, 1928, 3–25; 119–40; 289–301; JFears, RAC XIV, 1047–93; JvanHenten, 1341–52 [lit.]; cp. the attitude of the Lacedaemonians: φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κ. αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον=‘respecting their one and only lord, the law of Lycurgus’ Orig., C. Cels. 8, 6, 12). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; O. Wilck II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (OGI 606, 1; on Augustus’ attitude s. DioCass. 51, 7f). Ac 25:26.—On deified rulers in gener. s. LCerfaux-JTondriau, Un concurrent du Christianisme: le culte des souverains dans la civilisation gréco-romaine ’57; FTaeger, Charisma, 2 vols. ’57–60; DRoloff, Göttlichkeit, Vergöttlichung und Erhöhung zu seligem Leben, ’70. S. esp. the collection of articles and reviews by various scholars, in Römischer Kaiserkult, ed. AWlosok ’78.

γ. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:

א. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452–65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.; βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν χριστὸς κ. [or κυρίου; s. 2bα] PsSol 17:32) Mt 22:44 (cp. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cp. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cp. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cp. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cp. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cp. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cp. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13.

ב. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but s. RBratcher, ET 64, ’52/53, 93; New Docs 1, 43; JDerrett, NovT 13, ’71, 241–58 on the public transport system; cp. Lk 19:31, 34), but they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, e.g. 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 (also ApcSed 12:2).—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ. (Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5] and 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 396, 2]): 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P⁷⁵; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P⁴⁵ et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23, with omission in some mss.) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cp. vss. 13, 28; 21:7ab, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (more than 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GPt ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3ab; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50ab; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20]; ApcMos 25 p. 14, 1 Tdf.; s. KKöhler, StKr 88, 1915, 471–90).

ג. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even clearer in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3; AcPl Ha 6, 21; 7, 5; 27; 8, 2; AcPlCor 1:6, 14.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21ab; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24; AcPlCor 1:8. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16; AcPl Ha 6, 9. πρὸς τὸν κ. 8, 23. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν 4c), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3; AcPl Ha 3, 23; AcPlCor 1:1, 16 (cp. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cp. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e. Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12ab; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cp. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προί̈στασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ. 2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cp. 1:11; 2:20 (Just., D. 39, 2). W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cp. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32 v.l. [GBeale, Christos Kyrios in PsSol 17:32—‘The Lord’s Anointed’ Reconsidered: NTS 31, ’85, 620–27]; PsSol 18 ins) Lk 2:11. ὁ κ. Χριστός AcPlCor 2:3. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Gal 6:17 v.l.; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25; 1 Cl 21:6 (Ar. 15, 1). Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; 1 Ti 5:21 v.l.; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cp. Sb 8316, 5f κύριε Σάραπι; PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Ac 7:59; Rv 22:20. κύριε AcPl Ha 7:30f, 40.—W. gen. of pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld ins; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18 (the only pass. in Paul without Ἰησοῦς). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21 (also TestSol 1:12 D). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ἰησοῦς AcPlCor 2:5; cp. AcPl Ha 8, 17=Ox 1602, 20f/BMM recto 22. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25 (Just., D. 41, 4). (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:11 v.l., 23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2 (ὁ ἡμέτερος κ. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Just., D. 32, 3 and 47, 5 al.). Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. μου Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 29. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cp. Pind., I. 5, 53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355e Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cp. En 9:4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριο’ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cp. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cp. also Diod S 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος; s. also 3, 61, 6 Zeus acclaimed ‘God and Lord’).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. θεός, beg., and 3c).—JFitzmyer, The Semitic Background of the NT Kyrios-Title: A Wandering Aramaean—Collected Aramaic Essays ’79, 115–42; s. also 87–90.

δ. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cp. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al.

ε. of other transcendent beings

א. an angel Ac 10:4 (JosAs 14:6 al.; GrBar 4:1 al.; ApcZeph). p. 129 Denis.

ב. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (cp. Dt 10:17); we cannot say just what difference, if any, Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι; unless we have here an hendiadys, the apostle may imply that the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. (sim. Did., Gen. 248, 5. On the many θεοί and lesser divinities cp. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5ab θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [= δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8ef. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the saying of Pythagoras, that humankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the deities more than the divinities or demi-gods δαίμονες; Heraclitus, Fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι; s. also θεός 1).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d. Religionsgesch., 4 vols. 1926–29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT 1903; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353ff]; BBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, 1911, 204–28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, 1912, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, 1913, 23ff, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921 [Engl. tr. JSteely ’70]; PWern-le, ZTK 25, 1915, 1–92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, 1915, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZTK 25, 1915, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr 1916; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, 1915, 161–89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, 1917, 21–89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριος-Bez.: NKZ 31, 1920, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, 1923, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens 1914; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Burton, ICC Gal 1921, 399–404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus 1924; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs 1928; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus 1928; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97–123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6–31; also 28, 1929, 324–33; Dodd 9–11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: ETL 20, ’43, 5–17; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130–37; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IPotterie, BRigaux Festschr. ’70, 117–46 (Luke); JKingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246–55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’87, 60–81; DZeller, 925–28 (lit.).—B. 1330. Schürer II 326. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κύριος
17 ἔχω

ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.

① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)

ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s control

α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.

β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.

ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts

α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.

β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.

ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.

ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.

ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.

② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as

ⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).

ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.

③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip

ⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.

ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.

ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.

ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.

④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).

⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.

⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.

⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)

ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)

α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.

β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).

γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.

δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).

ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.

ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.

⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.

⑨ special combinations

ⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.

ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).

⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).

ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).

ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.

⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.

ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.

ⓑ of proximity

α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.

β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω
18 hard

1. adjective
1) (firm; solid; not easy to break, scratch etc: The ground is too hard to dig.) duro; sólido

2) (not easy to do, learn, solve etc: Is English a hard language to learn?; He is a hard man to please.) difícil

3) (not feeling or showing kindness: a hard master.) severo; rudo; seco

4) ((of weather) severe: a hard winter.) duro, severo, riguroso

5) (having or causing suffering: a hard life; hard times.) duro, difícil

6) ((of water) containing many chemical salts and so not easily forming bubbles when soap is added: The water is hard in this part of the country.) dura

2. adverb
1) (with great effort: He works very hard; Think hard.) duro, con ahínco

2) (with great force; heavily: Don't hit him too hard; It was raining hard.) fuerte, fuertemente

3) (with great attention: He stared hard at the man.) fijamente

4) (to the full extent; completely: The car turned hard right.) completamente, totalmente

•

- harden
- hardness
- hardship
- hard-and-fast
- hard-back
- hard-boiled
- harddisk
- hard-earned
- hard-headed
- hard-hearted
- hardware
- hard-wearing
- be hard on
- hard at it
- hard done by
- hard lines/luck
- hard of hearing
- a hard time of it
- a hard time
- hard up

hard¹ adj

1. duro

diamonds are very hard los diamantes son muy duros

2. difícil

it's hard to answer that question es difícil contestar a esa pregunta

hard² adv

1. mucho

it's snowing hard está nevando mucho

he works very hard trabaja mucho

2. duro / fuerte

hit him hard! ¡pégale duro!

hard

tr[hɑːd]

adjective

1 (gen) duro,-a; (solid) sólido,-a

2 (difficult) difícil

3 (harsh) severo,-a

4 (work) arduo,-a, penoso,-a, agotador,-ra

5 figurative use cruel, rudo,-a

6 (fight, match) reñido,-a, disputado,-a; (decision) injusto,-a

7 (fact) innegable; (luck) malo,-a

8 (final decision) definitivo,-a, irrevocable; (person) severo,-a, inflexible

9 SMALLLINGUISTICS/SMALL fuerte

adverb

1 (forcibly) fuerte; (diligently) mucho, de firme, concienzudamente, con ahínco

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

hard of hearing duro,-a de oído

to be hard done by sentirse mal tratado,-a, ser tratado,-a injustamente

to be hard hit by figurative use quedar muy afectado,-a por

to be hard on somebody figurative use tratar a alguien con severidad, tratar a alguien con dureza

to be hard on somebody's heels figurative use pisar los talones a alguien

to be hard pushed to do something figurative use verse apurado,-a para realizar algo

to be hard up familiar estar sin blanca

to drive a hard bargain figurative use negociar con dureza

to have a hard time familiar pasarlo canutas, pasarlo mal

to take something very hard tomar algo muy a pecho, encajar algo muy mal

to work hard trabajar mucho

hard core (group) núcleo 2 (material) lecho de grava

hard drinker bebedor,-ra empedernido,-a

hard evidence pruebas nombre femenino plural definitivas

hard labour trabajos nombre masculino plural forzados

hard luck mala suerte

hard shoulder arcén nombre masculino

hard ['hɑrd] adv

1) forcefully: fuerte, con fuerza

the wind blew hard: el viento sopló fuerte

2) strenuously: duro, mucho

to work hard: trabajar duro

3)

to take something hard : tomarse algo muy mal, estar muy afectado por algo

hard adj

1) firm, solid: duro, firme, sólido

2) difficult: difícil, arduo

3) severe: severo, duro

a hard winter: un invierno severo

4) unfeeling: insensible, duro

5) diligent: diligente

to be a hard worker: ser muy trabajador

6)

hard liquor : bebidas fpl fuertes

7)

hard water : agua f dura

hard

adj.

• arduo, -a adj.

• calloso, -a adj.

• dificultoso, -a adj.

• difícil adj.

• duro, -a adj.

• endurecido, -a adj.

• firme adj.

• fuerte adj.

• laborioso, -a adj.

• peliagudo, -a adj.

• recio, -a adj.

• rudo, -a adj.

• sólido, -a adj.

• terco, -a adj.

• tieso, -a adj.

adv.

• apretadamente adv.

• difícilmente adv.

• duro adv.

• mucho adv.

• recio adv.

• tieso adv.

I hɑːrd, hɑːd
adjective -er, -est

1)

a) (firm, solid) <object/surface> duro

to set hard — endurecerse*

to freeze hard — helarse*

b) ( forceful) <push/knock> fuerte

2)

a) ( difficult) <question/subject> difícil; < task> arduo

hard to come by — difícil de conseguir

he's hard to please — es difícil de complacer, es exigente

I find that hard to believe — me cuesta creerlo

to learn something the hard way — aprender algo a base de cometer errores

b) ( severe) <winter/climate/master> duro, severo

to give somebody a hard time — hacérselas* pasar mal a alguien

these are hard times we're living in — vivimos tiempos difíciles

don't be too hard on him — no seas demasiado duro con él

hard luck — mala suerte

c) (tough, cynical) <person/attitude> duro, insensible

3) (concentrated, strenuous)

to take a long hard look at something — analizar* seriamente algo

children are very hard work — los niños dan mucho trabajo

he's a hard worker — es muy trabajador

4) ( definite) < evidence> concluyente

5) (sharp, harsh) <light/voice> fuerte; < expression> duro

6)

a) ( in strongest forms)

hard drugs — drogas fpl duras

hard liquor — bebidas fpl (alcohólicas) fuertes

hard porn — porno m duro

b) ( Fin)

hard cash — dinero m contante y sonante, efectivo m

hard currency — divisa f or moneda f fuerte

c) < water> duro

d) ( Ling) <sound/consonant> fuerte

II

adverb -er, -est

1)

a) ( with force) <pull/push> con fuerza; < hit> fuerte

b) ( strenuously) < work> mucho, duro, duramente

I was hard at work — estaba concentrado en mi trabajo

he works his students very hard — hace trabajar mucho a sus alumnos

no matter how hard I try — por más que me esfuerzo

think hard before you decide — piénsalo muy bien antes de decidir

to be hard put o (BrE also) pushed to + inf: you'd be hard put (to it) to find a better doctor — sería difícil encontrar un médico mejor

c) ( intently) < listen> atentamente, con atención

2) ( heavily) <rain/snow> fuerte, mucho; <pant/breathe> pesadamente

3) ( severely)

the southern states have been hardest hit — los estados del sur han sido los más afectados

her death hit him very hard — su muerte fue un duro golpe para él

to take something hard — tomarse algo muy mal

to be/feel hard done by: she thinks she has been o she feels hard done by — piensa que la han tratado injustamente

[hɑːd]
1. ADJ
(compar harder) (superl hardest)
1) (=not soft) [object, substance, cheese, skin] duro; [ground, snow] duro, compacto

• baked hard — endurecido (al sol o en el horno)

• to become or go hard — ponerse duro, endurecerse

• the water is very hard here — aquí el agua es muy dura or tiene mucha cal

- be as hard as nails

- as hard as a rock
nut
2) (=harsh, severe) [climate, winter, person] duro, severo; [frost] fuerte; [words, tone] duro, áspero; [expression, eyes, voice] serio, duro; [drink, liquor] fuerte; [drugs] duro; [fact] concreto; [evidence] irrefutable

• a hard blow — (fig) un duro golpe

• to take a long hard look at sth — examinar algo detenidamente

• to be hard on sb — ser muy duro con algn, darle duro a algn (LAm)

don't be so hard on him, it's not his fault — no seas tan duro con él, no es culpa suya

aren't you being a bit hard on yourself? — ¿no estás siendo un poco duro contigo mismo?

to be hard on one's clothes — destrozar la ropa

the light was hard on the eyes — la luz hacía daño a los ojos

- be as hard as nails
feeling
3) (=strenuous, tough) [work, day] duro; [fight, match] muy reñido

gardening is hard work — arreglar el jardín es un trabajo duro

phew, that was hard work! — ¡uf!, ¡ha costado lo suyo!

he's not afraid of hard work — el trabajo duro no le asusta

coping with three babies is very hard work — tres bebés dan mucha tarea or mucho trabajo, arreglárselas con tres bebés es una dura or ardua tarea

it's hard work getting her to talk about herself — cuesta mucho or resulta muy trabajoso hacerla hablar sobre sí misma

to be a hard worker — ser muy trabajador(a)

4) (=difficult) [exam, decision, choice] difícil

to be hard to do: it's hard to study on your own — es difícil estudiar por tu cuenta

he found it hard to make friends — le resultaba difícil hacer amigos

I find it hard to believe that... — me cuesta (trabajo) creer que...

bloodstains are hard to remove — las manchas de sangre son difíciles de quitar

to be hard to come by — ser difícil de conseguir

that is a very hard question to answer — esa es una pregunta muy difícil de responder

to be hard to deal with — ser de trato difícil

to be hard to please — ser muy exigente or quisquilloso

• to be hard of hearing — ser duro de oído

• he's learning the hard way — está aprendiendo a base de cometer errores

we shall have to do it the hard way — tendremos que hacerlo a pulso
bargain, play 3., 4)
5) (=tough, unpleasant) [life, times] duro

it's a hard life! — ¡qué vida más dura!

those were hard times to live in — aquellos eran tiempos duros, la vida era dura en aquellos tiempos

her family had fallen on hard times — su familia estaba pasando por dificultades económicas

to have a hard time — pasarlo mal

to have a hard time doing sth — tener problemas para hacer algo

to give sb a hard time — hacérselo pasar mal a algn

- take a hard line against/over sth

- hard lines

hard lines! — ¡qué mala suerte!, ¡qué mala pata! *
going, hard-line, hard-liner
6) (=forceful) [push, tug, kick] fuerte

7) (Phon, Ling) [sound] fuerte; [consonant] oclusivo

2. ADV
(compar harder) (superl hardest)
1) (=with a lot of effort) [work] duro, mucho; [study] mucho

he had worked hard all his life — había trabajado duro or mucho toda su vida

he works very hard — trabaja muy duro, trabaja mucho

she works hard at keeping herself fit — se esfuerza mucho por mantenerse en forma

he was hard at work in the garden — estaba trabajando afanosamente or con ahínco en el jardín

• he was breathing hard — respiraba con dificultad

• we're saving hard for our holidays — estamos ahorrando todo lo que podemos para las vacaciones, estamos ahorrando al máximo para las vacaciones

• to try hard, she always tries hard — siempre se esfuerza mucho

I can't do it, no matter how hard I try — no puedo hacerlo, por mucho que lo intente

to try one's hardest to do sth — esforzarse al máximo por hacer algo

maybe you're trying too hard — a lo mejor tienes que tomártelo con más calma

to be hard at it —

Bill was hard at it in the garden * — Bill se estaba empleando a fondo en el jardín, Bill estaba dándole duro al jardín *

2) (=with force) [hit] fuerte, duro; [pull, push, blow] con fuerza; [snow, rain] fuerte, mucho

she pushed the wardrobe as hard as she could — empujó el armario con todas sus fuerzas

• the government decided to clamp down hard on terrorism — el gobierno decidió tomar medidas duras contra el terrorismo

• she was feeling hard done by — pensaba que la habían tratado injustamente

• hard hit — seriamente afectado

to hit sb hard — (fig) ser un duro golpe para algn

California has been (particularly) hard hit by the crisis — California (en particular) se ha visto seriamente afectada por la crisis

• I would be hard pushed or put to think of another plan — me resultaría difícil pensar en otro plan

we'll be hard pushed or put to finish this tonight! — ¡nos va a ser difícil terminar esto esta noche!

• to take sth hard — tomarse algo muy mal *

he took it pretty hard — se lo tomó muy mal, fue un duro golpe para él, le golpeó mucho (LAm)

• to be hard up * — estar pelado *, no tener un duro (Sp) *

to be hard up for sth — estar falto or escaso de algo
hard-pressed
3) (=solid)

• to freeze hard — quedarse congelado

• to set hard — [cement etc] fraguar, endurecerse

4) (=intently) [listen] atentamente; [concentrate] al máximo

• to look hard (at sth) — fijarse mucho (en algo)

• think hard before you make a decision — piénsalo muy bien antes de tomar una decisión

I thought hard but I couldn't remember his name — por más que pensé or por más vueltas que le di no pude recordar su nombre

5) (=sharply)

• hard a-port/ a-starboard — (Naut) todo a babor/estribor

• to turn hard left/ right — girar todo a la izquierda/derecha

6) (=closely)

• hard behind sth — justo detrás de algo

I hurried upstairs with my sister hard behind me — subí las escaleras corriendo con mi hermana que venía justo detrás

• hard upon sth — (=just after) justo después de algo

the launch of the book followed hard upon the success of the film — el lanzamiento del libro se produjo justo después del éxito de la película
heel
3.

CPD

hard cash N — dinero m contante y sonante, (dinero m en) efectivo m

hard centre, hard center (US) N — relleno m duro

hard cider (US) N — sidra f

hard copy N — (Comput) copia f impresa

the hard core N — (=intransigents) los incondicionales, el núcleo duro
hard-core
hard court N — (Tennis) cancha f (de tenis) de cemento, pista f (de tenis) de cemento

hard currency N — moneda f fuerte, divisa f fuerte

hard disk N — (Comput) disco m duro

hard goods NPL — productos mpl no perecederos

hard hat N — (=riding hat) gorra f de montar; [of construction worker] casco m; (=construction worker) albañil mf

hard labour, hard labor (US) N — trabajos mpl forzados

hard landing N — aterrizaje m duro

the hard left N — (esp Brit) la extrema izquierda, la izquierda radical

hard luck N — mala suerte f

we had a bit of hard luck this season — hemos tenido un poco de mala suerte esta temporada

• to be hard luck on sb, it was hard luck on him — tuvo mala suerte

hard luck! — ¡(qué) mala suerte!

hard news N — noticias fpl fidedignas

hard palate N — paladar m

hard porn * N — porno m duro

the hard right N — (esp Brit) la extrema derecha, la derecha radical

hard rock N — (Mus) rock m duro

hard sell N — venta f agresiva

hard sell tactics — táctica fsing de venta agresiva

hard sell techniques — técnicas fpl de venta agresiva

hard shoulder N — (Brit) (Aut) arcén m, hombrillo m

hard stuff * N — (=alcohol) alcohol m duro, bebidas fpl fuertes; (=drugs) droga f dura

he fancied a drop of the hard stuff — le apetecía una copita de algo fuerte

hard top N — (=car) coche m no descapotable; (=car roof) techo m rígido

hard water N — agua f dura, agua f con mucha cal

* * *

I [hɑːrd, hɑːd]
adjective -er, -est

1)

a) (firm, solid) <object/surface> duro

to set hard — endurecerse*

to freeze hard — helarse*

b) ( forceful) <push/knock> fuerte

2)

a) ( difficult) <question/subject> difícil; < task> arduo

hard to come by — difícil de conseguir

he's hard to please — es difícil de complacer, es exigente

I find that hard to believe — me cuesta creerlo

to learn something the hard way — aprender algo a base de cometer errores

b) ( severe) <winter/climate/master> duro, severo

to give somebody a hard time — hacérselas* pasar mal a alguien

these are hard times we're living in — vivimos tiempos difíciles

don't be too hard on him — no seas demasiado duro con él

hard luck — mala suerte

c) (tough, cynical) <person/attitude> duro, insensible

3) (concentrated, strenuous)

to take a long hard look at something — analizar* seriamente algo

children are very hard work — los niños dan mucho trabajo

he's a hard worker — es muy trabajador

4) ( definite) < evidence> concluyente

5) (sharp, harsh) <light/voice> fuerte; < expression> duro

6)

a) ( in strongest forms)

hard drugs — drogas fpl duras

hard liquor — bebidas fpl (alcohólicas) fuertes

hard porn — porno m duro

b) ( Fin)

hard cash — dinero m contante y sonante, efectivo m

hard currency — divisa f or moneda f fuerte

c) < water> duro

d) ( Ling) <sound/consonant> fuerte

II

adverb -er, -est

1)

a) ( with force) <pull/push> con fuerza; < hit> fuerte

b) ( strenuously) < work> mucho, duro, duramente

I was hard at work — estaba concentrado en mi trabajo

he works his students very hard — hace trabajar mucho a sus alumnos

no matter how hard I try — por más que me esfuerzo

think hard before you decide — piénsalo muy bien antes de decidir

to be hard put o (BrE also) pushed to + inf: you'd be hard put (to it) to find a better doctor — sería difícil encontrar un médico mejor

c) ( intently) < listen> atentamente, con atención

2) ( heavily) <rain/snow> fuerte, mucho; <pant/breathe> pesadamente

3) ( severely)

the southern states have been hardest hit — los estados del sur han sido los más afectados

her death hit him very hard — su muerte fue un duro golpe para él

to take something hard — tomarse algo muy mal

to be/feel hard done by: she thinks she has been o she feels hard done by — piensa que la han tratado injustamente

English-spanish dictionary > hard
19 קני

קני, קָנָה(b. h.) ( to estabIish, 1) (cmp. קום, Gen. 23:17) to create; to acquire, own; to take possession. R. Hash. 31a (ref. to Ps. 24 recited in the Temple on the first day of the week) על שם שק׳ והקנהוכ׳ because he (the Lord in establishing the world) took possession and gave (his creatures) possession (invested them with a fief), and became the sovereign of the world. Kidd.I, 1 האשה קוֹנָה את עצמהוכ׳ a wife acquires herself (becomes independent) when she receives her divorce Ib. 20a כל הקוֹנֶה … כקונהוכ׳ whoever buys a Hebrew bondman creates, as it were, a master over himself. B. Mets.75b הקונה אדון לעצמו he who creates a master over himself, expl. תולה נכסיו בנכרי who (in order to evade obligations) hangs his property on a gentile (pretends to be merely the agent of a gentile); (another explan.) הכותב נכסיווכ׳ who transfers his property to his children during his lifetime. Gitt.37b sq. (ref. to Lev. 25:45) אתם קוֹנִיםוכ׳ you may buy (as a slave) one of them, but they cannot buy one of you, nor can they buy of one another. Ib. יכול לא יִקְנוּ זה את זה למעשה ידיו you may think, they cannot buy one another for the work (as long as the serf choses to be in the masters power); ולא הם קוֹנִים … לגופו they cannot buy of one another a bodily slave (who requires formal manumission to be a freeman). B. Mets.46b bot. מכור לי באלו ק׳ if one says, sell me (a certain object) for these (coins which I hold in my hand), he has bought (the sale is valid). Ib. IV, 1 הזהב קונהוכ׳, v. זָהָב. Ib. מעות הרעות קוֹנוֹתוכ׳ the delivery of cancelled coins effects the purchase of the valid coins. Ib. 47b מעות קונות the delivery of the purchasing money gives possession (no formal possession of the purchased object (מְשִׁיכָה) being required). Kidd.22b הגבהה קונה lifting up the purchased object makes the sale binding; a. v. fr. 2) to make sure; to obligate a person by a special symbolical act (קִנְיָן); to enter into an obligation by a special symbolical form. Gitt.51a בשקָנוּ מידו when they (the court, witnesses) made him obligate himself (that his widow should receive support from his estate); בשקנו לזו ולא קנו לזו when such an obligation was entered with reference to this (his wifes case), but not with reference to that (his daughters case). B. Mets.47a במה קונין … בכליו של קונה wherewith is the bargain made sure?… By handing over one of the garments (or any object) belonging to the purchaser; דניחא ליה לקונה דליהוי מקנה קונהוכ׳ for the purchaser likes the seller to obligate himself, in order that he may be sure to give him possession; a. fr.Ib. 48b when he said to him, ערבוני יָקוּן (fr. קון = קנה) my earnest money shall serve to make the purchase sure.Part. pass. קָנוּי; f. קְנוּיָה; pl. קְנוּיִים, קְנוּיִין; קְנוּיוֹת. Kidd.16a עבד עברי גופו ק׳ והרבוכ׳ a Hebrew bondman is owned bodily (to the end of his term), and if the master allowed him a reduction of his time, his allowance is not legally binding (the slave not being able to acquire himself); ib. 28a; B. Kam. 113b. Gen. R. s. 86 (ref. to Gen. 39:1) הקנויין קונין וכלוכ׳ as a rule those who are owned make themselves owners (slaves enrich themselves by robbing their master), and all slaves cause decrease to their masters house, but in this case ‘the Lord blessed (ib. 5); Yalk. ib. 145 הקונין קונין (corr. acc.); a. fr.Tosef.Ned.IV, 6 קונם … שאני קנוי the axe of which I am possessed be forbidden (v. קוֹנָם), i. e. I swear that I have no axe; Ned.35a (Rashi שאינו ק׳ I swear that another axe is not owned by me).Y.Peah IV, 18b השעה קנויה, read: פְּנוּיָה, v. פָּנוּי. Nif. נִקְנֶה to be acquired, owned, bought. Kidd.20a (ref. to Lev. 25:14) דבר הנ׳ מיד ליד this refers to what is bought from hand to hand (movable goods). Ib. I, 1 האשה נִקְנֵיתוכ׳ a wife can be acquired in three ways. Ib. 6b אין אשה נ׳ בחליפין a wife cannot be taken possession of by symbolical delivery (חֲלִיפִין). Ib. I, 3 עבד כנעני נ׳ בכסףוכ׳ a Canaanite slave is taken possession of (is considered owned) either by delivery of the purchasing money, or by a deed, or by undisturbed possession (חֲזָקָה). Ib. 5 נכסים שיש … נִקְנִיןוכ׳ landed property is acquired by means of handing over the money, but movables cannot be acquired otherwise than by taking hold (מְשִׁיכָה). Ib. 22b תִּקָּנֶה בביאח let her be acquired (become his slave) by coition; a. fr. Hif. הִקְנָה to give possession, sell, transfer. R. Hash. l. c., v. supra. Snh.81b ולמַקְנוֹ, v. קוֹנֶה. Keth.82b אשה הִקְנוּ לווכ׳ it is heaven that gave him a wife (through his brothers death without issue); Yeb.39a. B. Mets.47a בכליו של מַקְנֶה, v. supra. Ib. 33b, a. fr. אין אדם מקנה דברוכ׳ none can give possession of (sell) what does not yet exist (future crops); a. fr.Esth. R. introd. (ref. to Deut. 28:68 sq.) למה ואין קונה …ע״י שלא הִקְנִיתֶם אלהוכ׳ why ‘no purchaser?… Because you have not transmitted ‘these words of the covenant, for there is none among you making the five books of the Law his own (v. קוֹנֶה).

Jewish literature > קני
20 קנה

קני, קָנָה(b. h.) ( to estabIish, 1) (cmp. קום, Gen. 23:17) to create; to acquire, own; to take possession. R. Hash. 31a (ref. to Ps. 24 recited in the Temple on the first day of the week) על שם שק׳ והקנהוכ׳ because he (the Lord in establishing the world) took possession and gave (his creatures) possession (invested them with a fief), and became the sovereign of the world. Kidd.I, 1 האשה קוֹנָה את עצמהוכ׳ a wife acquires herself (becomes independent) when she receives her divorce Ib. 20a כל הקוֹנֶה … כקונהוכ׳ whoever buys a Hebrew bondman creates, as it were, a master over himself. B. Mets.75b הקונה אדון לעצמו he who creates a master over himself, expl. תולה נכסיו בנכרי who (in order to evade obligations) hangs his property on a gentile (pretends to be merely the agent of a gentile); (another explan.) הכותב נכסיווכ׳ who transfers his property to his children during his lifetime. Gitt.37b sq. (ref. to Lev. 25:45) אתם קוֹנִיםוכ׳ you may buy (as a slave) one of them, but they cannot buy one of you, nor can they buy of one another. Ib. יכול לא יִקְנוּ זה את זה למעשה ידיו you may think, they cannot buy one another for the work (as long as the serf choses to be in the masters power); ולא הם קוֹנִים … לגופו they cannot buy of one another a bodily slave (who requires formal manumission to be a freeman). B. Mets.46b bot. מכור לי באלו ק׳ if one says, sell me (a certain object) for these (coins which I hold in my hand), he has bought (the sale is valid). Ib. IV, 1 הזהב קונהוכ׳, v. זָהָב. Ib. מעות הרעות קוֹנוֹתוכ׳ the delivery of cancelled coins effects the purchase of the valid coins. Ib. 47b מעות קונות the delivery of the purchasing money gives possession (no formal possession of the purchased object (מְשִׁיכָה) being required). Kidd.22b הגבהה קונה lifting up the purchased object makes the sale binding; a. v. fr. 2) to make sure; to obligate a person by a special symbolical act (קִנְיָן); to enter into an obligation by a special symbolical form. Gitt.51a בשקָנוּ מידו when they (the court, witnesses) made him obligate himself (that his widow should receive support from his estate); בשקנו לזו ולא קנו לזו when such an obligation was entered with reference to this (his wifes case), but not with reference to that (his daughters case). B. Mets.47a במה קונין … בכליו של קונה wherewith is the bargain made sure?… By handing over one of the garments (or any object) belonging to the purchaser; דניחא ליה לקונה דליהוי מקנה קונהוכ׳ for the purchaser likes the seller to obligate himself, in order that he may be sure to give him possession; a. fr.Ib. 48b when he said to him, ערבוני יָקוּן (fr. קון = קנה) my earnest money shall serve to make the purchase sure.Part. pass. קָנוּי; f. קְנוּיָה; pl. קְנוּיִים, קְנוּיִין; קְנוּיוֹת. Kidd.16a עבד עברי גופו ק׳ והרבוכ׳ a Hebrew bondman is owned bodily (to the end of his term), and if the master allowed him a reduction of his time, his allowance is not legally binding (the slave not being able to acquire himself); ib. 28a; B. Kam. 113b. Gen. R. s. 86 (ref. to Gen. 39:1) הקנויין קונין וכלוכ׳ as a rule those who are owned make themselves owners (slaves enrich themselves by robbing their master), and all slaves cause decrease to their masters house, but in this case ‘the Lord blessed (ib. 5); Yalk. ib. 145 הקונין קונין (corr. acc.); a. fr.Tosef.Ned.IV, 6 קונם … שאני קנוי the axe of which I am possessed be forbidden (v. קוֹנָם), i. e. I swear that I have no axe; Ned.35a (Rashi שאינו ק׳ I swear that another axe is not owned by me).Y.Peah IV, 18b השעה קנויה, read: פְּנוּיָה, v. פָּנוּי. Nif. נִקְנֶה to be acquired, owned, bought. Kidd.20a (ref. to Lev. 25:14) דבר הנ׳ מיד ליד this refers to what is bought from hand to hand (movable goods). Ib. I, 1 האשה נִקְנֵיתוכ׳ a wife can be acquired in three ways. Ib. 6b אין אשה נ׳ בחליפין a wife cannot be taken possession of by symbolical delivery (חֲלִיפִין). Ib. I, 3 עבד כנעני נ׳ בכסףוכ׳ a Canaanite slave is taken possession of (is considered owned) either by delivery of the purchasing money, or by a deed, or by undisturbed possession (חֲזָקָה). Ib. 5 נכסים שיש … נִקְנִיןוכ׳ landed property is acquired by means of handing over the money, but movables cannot be acquired otherwise than by taking hold (מְשִׁיכָה). Ib. 22b תִּקָּנֶה בביאח let her be acquired (become his slave) by coition; a. fr. Hif. הִקְנָה to give possession, sell, transfer. R. Hash. l. c., v. supra. Snh.81b ולמַקְנוֹ, v. קוֹנֶה. Keth.82b אשה הִקְנוּ לווכ׳ it is heaven that gave him a wife (through his brothers death without issue); Yeb.39a. B. Mets.47a בכליו של מַקְנֶה, v. supra. Ib. 33b, a. fr. אין אדם מקנה דברוכ׳ none can give possession of (sell) what does not yet exist (future crops); a. fr.Esth. R. introd. (ref. to Deut. 28:68 sq.) למה ואין קונה …ע״י שלא הִקְנִיתֶם אלהוכ׳ why ‘no purchaser?… Because you have not transmitted ‘these words of the covenant, for there is none among you making the five books of the Law his own (v. קוֹנֶה).

Jewish literature > קנה

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Long John Nebel — (born John Zimmerman) (June 11, 1911 – April 10, 1978) was an influential New York City talk radio show host.From the mid 1950s until his death in 1978, Nebel was a hugely popular all night radio host, with millions of regular listeners and what… … Wikipedia
Master franchise — A master franchise is a person or entity who provides services to franchisees in a specified territory, typically a major market, geographical region or even one or more countries.[1] Master franchising is a method that has been employed by most… … Wikipedia
Long Branch, New Jersey — Infobox Settlement official name = Long Branch, New Jersey settlement type = City nickname = motto = imagesize = image caption = image imagesize = image caption = image mapsize = 250x200px map caption = Map of Long Branch in Monmouth County.… … Wikipedia
Master Tara Singh — Malhotra (24 June, 1885, Rawalpindi, Punjab 22 November, 1967, Chandigarh) was a prominent Sikh political and religious leader in the first half of the 20th century. He was instrumental in organizing the Shiromani Gurdwara Prabhandak Committee,… … Wikipedia
Master Peter's Puppet Show — ( El retablo de Maese Pedro ) is a puppet opera in one act with a prologue and epilogue, composed by Manuel de Falla to a Spanish libretto based on an episode from Don Quixote by Miguel de Cervantes. The libretto is a faithful adaptation of the… … Wikipedia
Long (Bloody Roar) — Long (ロン) is a fictional character from the Bloody Roar series. He is one of a few characters to have appeared in every game of the series.Affiliation*Shenlong His Clone/Friendly Rival *Uriko Former Student *Alice Friend *Fox May Have Worked With … Wikipedia
Master P — Background information Birth name Percy Robert Miller Also known as P. Miller … Wikipedia
Master of the Five Magics — Author(s) Lyndon Hardy … Wikipedia
Master C'baoth — is a fictional character in the Star Wars Expanded Universe. The original, Jorus C baoth (pronounced Jaw russ Ka bowth ), was a Jedi Master in the Old Republic era. The second, Joruus C baoth, was an insane clone of the original C baoth who… … Wikipedia
Master Keaton — MASTERキートン (Masutā Kīton) Genre Detective fiction, Adventure, Drama … Wikipedia
Master of Puppets (song) — Master of Puppets Single by Metallica from the album Master of Puppets Released July 2, 1986 … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

as long as I am my own master

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

as long as I am my own master

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: